|  | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" | 
|  | "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd"> | 
|  | <html> | 
|  | <head> | 
|  | <title>LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual</title> | 
|  | <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"> | 
|  | <meta name="author" content="Chris Lattner"> | 
|  | <meta name="description" | 
|  | content="LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual."> | 
|  | <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css"> | 
|  | </head> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <body> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_title"> LLVM Language Reference Manual </div> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#abstract">Abstract</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#identifiers">Identifiers</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#highlevel">High Level Structure</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#modulestructure">Module Structure</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#callingconv">Calling Conventions</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#namedtypes">Named Types</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#globalvars">Global Variables</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#functionstructure">Functions</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#aliasstructure">Aliases</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#fnattrs">Function Attributes</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#gc">Garbage Collector Names</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#datalayout">Data Layout</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#typesystem">Type System</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#t_classifications">Type Classifications</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#t_floating">Floating Point Types</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#t_void">Void Type</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#t_label">Label Type</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#t_derived">Derived Types</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#t_integer">Integer Type</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#t_function">Function Type</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer Type</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#t_vector">Vector Type</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#t_opaque">Opaque Type</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#constants">Constants</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#aggregateconstants">Aggregate Constants</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#othervalues">Other Values</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#instref">Instruction Reference</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#terminators">Terminator Instructions</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>'  Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#binaryops">Binary Operations</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary Operations</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_or">'<tt>or</tt>'  Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#vectorops">Vector Operations</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_malloc">'<tt>malloc</tt>'   Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_free">'<tt>free</tt>'     Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>'   Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'     Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'    Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#convertops">Conversion Operations</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#otherops">Other Operations</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_vicmp">'<tt>vicmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_vfcmp">'<tt>vfcmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>'   Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_call">'<tt>call</tt>'  Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>'  Instruction</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>'   Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>'  Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>'   Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_readcyclecounter"><tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_part_select">'<tt>llvm.part.select.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_part_set">'<tt>llvm.part.set.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_debugger">Debugger intrinsics</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_eh">Exception Handling intrinsics</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_atomics">Atomic intrinsics</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_memory_barrier"><tt>llvm.memory_barrier</tt></a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_atomic_cmp_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt></a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_atomic_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt></a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_add"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt></a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_sub"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt></a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_and"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.and</tt></a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_nand"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand</tt></a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_or"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.or</tt></a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_xor"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor</tt></a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_max"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.max</tt></a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_min"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.min</tt></a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umax"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax</tt></a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umin"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin</tt></a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_general">General intrinsics</a> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_var_annotation"> | 
|  | '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_annotation"> | 
|  | '<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_trap"> | 
|  | '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | <li><a href="#int_stackprotector"> | 
|  | '<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_author"> | 
|  | <p>Written by <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a> | 
|  | and <a href="mailto:vadve@cs.uiuc.edu">Vikram Adve</a></p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="abstract">Abstract </a></div> | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language. | 
|  | LLVM is a Static Single Assignment (SSA) based representation that provides | 
|  | type safety, low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of | 
|  | representing 'all' high-level languages cleanly.  It is the common code | 
|  | representation used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation | 
|  | strategy.</p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="introduction">Introduction</a> </div> | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three | 
|  | different forms: as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bitcode | 
|  | representation (suitable for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler), | 
|  | and as a human readable assembly language representation.  This allows | 
|  | LLVM to provide a powerful intermediate representation for efficient | 
|  | compiler transformations and analysis, while providing a natural means | 
|  | to debug and visualize the transformations.  The three different forms | 
|  | of LLVM are all equivalent.  This document describes the human readable | 
|  | representation and notation.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level | 
|  | while being expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time.  It | 
|  | aims to be a "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level | 
|  | that high-level ideas may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how | 
|  | microprocessors are "universal IR's", allowing many source languages to | 
|  | be mapped to them).  By providing type information, LLVM can be used as | 
|  | the target of optimizations: for example, through pointer analysis, it | 
|  | can be proven that a C automatic variable is never accessed outside of | 
|  | the current function... allowing it to be promoted to a simple SSA | 
|  | value instead of a memory location.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="wellformed">Well-Formedness</a> </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed' | 
|  | LLVM assembly language.  There is a difference between what the parser | 
|  | accepts and what is considered 'well formed'.  For example, the | 
|  | following instruction is syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %x = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 1, %x | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>...because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of | 
|  | its uses. The LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may | 
|  | be used to verify that an LLVM module is well formed.  This pass is | 
|  | automatically run by the parser after parsing input assembly and by | 
|  | the optimizer before it outputs bitcode.  The violations pointed out | 
|  | by the verifier pass indicate bugs in transformation passes or input to | 
|  | the parser.</p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- Describe the typesetting conventions here. --> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="identifiers">Identifiers</a> </div> | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>LLVM identifiers come in two basic types: global and local. Global | 
|  | identifiers (functions, global variables) begin with the @ character. Local | 
|  | identifiers (register names, types) begin with the % character. Additionally, | 
|  | there are three different formats for identifiers, for different purposes:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li>Named values are represented as a string of characters with their prefix. | 
|  | For example, %foo, @DivisionByZero, %a.really.long.identifier.  The actual | 
|  | regular expression used is '<tt>[%@][a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'. | 
|  | Identifiers which require other characters in their names can be surrounded | 
|  | with quotes. Special characters may be escaped using "\xx" where xx is the | 
|  | ASCII code for the character in hexadecimal.  In this way, any character can | 
|  | be used in a name value, even quotes themselves. | 
|  |  | 
|  | <li>Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with their | 
|  | prefix.  For example, %12, @2, %44.</li> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <li>Constants, which are described in a <a href="#constants">section about | 
|  | constants</a>, below.</li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>LLVM requires that values start with a prefix for two reasons: Compilers | 
|  | don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of | 
|  | reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty.  Additionally, | 
|  | unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary | 
|  | variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other | 
|  | languages. There are keywords for different opcodes | 
|  | ('<tt><a href="#i_add">add</a></tt>', | 
|  | '<tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt>', | 
|  | '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names ('<tt><a | 
|  | href="#t_void">void</a></tt>', '<tt><a href="#t_primitive">i32</a></tt>', etc...), | 
|  | and others.  These reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because | 
|  | none of them start with a prefix character ('%' or '@').</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable | 
|  | '<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The easy way:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %result = <a href="#i_mul">mul</a> i32 %X, 8 | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>After strength reduction:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %result = <a href="#i_shl">shl</a> i32 %X, i8 3 | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>And the hard way:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %X, %X           <i>; yields {i32}:%0</i> | 
|  | <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %0, %0           <i>; yields {i32}:%1</i> | 
|  | %result = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %1, %1 | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several | 
|  | important lexical features of LLVM:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <li>Comments are delimited with a '<tt>;</tt>' and go until the end of | 
|  | line.</li> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <li>Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is not | 
|  | assigned to a named value.</li> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <li>Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially</li> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>...and it also shows a convention that we follow in this document.  When | 
|  | demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that | 
|  | defines the type and name of value produced.  Comments are shown in italic | 
|  | text.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="highlevel">High Level Structure</a> </div> | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="modulestructure">Module Structure</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a | 
|  | translation unit of the input programs.  Each module consists of | 
|  | functions, global variables, and symbol table entries.  Modules may be | 
|  | combined together with the LLVM linker, which merges function (and | 
|  | global variable) definitions, resolves forward declarations, and merges | 
|  | symbol table entries. Here is an example of the "hello world" module:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre><i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant...</i> | 
|  | <a href="#identifiers">@.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a | 
|  | href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x i8]</a> c"hello world\0A\00"          <i>; [13 x i8]*</i> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <i>; External declaration of the puts function</i> | 
|  | <a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> i32 @puts(i8 *)                                            <i>; i32(i8 *)* </i> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <i>; Definition of main function</i> | 
|  | define i32 @main() {                                                 <i>; i32()* </i> | 
|  | <i>; Convert [13 x i8]* to i8  *...</i> | 
|  | %cast210 = <a | 
|  | href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x i8]* @.LC0, i64 0, i64 0 <i>; i8 *</i> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout...</i> | 
|  | <a | 
|  | href="#i_call">call</a> i32 @puts(i8 * %cast210)                              <i>; i32</i> | 
|  | <a | 
|  | href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br>}<br> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a> | 
|  | named "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>" | 
|  | function, and a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a> | 
|  | for "<tt>main</tt>".</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values, | 
|  | where both functions and global variables are global values.  Global values are | 
|  | represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an | 
|  | array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the following <a | 
|  | href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="linkage">Linkage Types</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of linkage: | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dl> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_private">private</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>Global values with private linkage are only directly accessible by | 
|  | objects in the current module.  In particular, linking code into a module with | 
|  | an private global value may cause the private to be renamed as necessary to | 
|  | avoid collisions.  Because the symbol is private to the module, all | 
|  | references can be updated. This doesn't show up in any symbol table in the | 
|  | object file. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd> Similar to private, but the value shows as a local symbol (STB_LOCAL in | 
|  | the case of ELF) in the object file. This corresponds to the notion of the | 
|  | '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>Globals with "<tt>linkonce</tt>" linkage are merged with other globals of | 
|  | the same name when linkage occurs.  This is typically used to implement | 
|  | inline functions, templates, or other code which must be generated in each | 
|  | translation unit that uses it.  Unreferenced <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are | 
|  | allowed to be discarded. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_common">common</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>"<tt>common</tt>" linkage is exactly the same as <tt>linkonce</tt> | 
|  | linkage, except that unreferenced <tt>common</tt> globals may not be | 
|  | discarded.  This is used for globals that may be emitted in multiple | 
|  | translation units, but that are not guaranteed to be emitted into every | 
|  | translation unit that uses them.  One example of this is tentative | 
|  | definitions in C, such as "<tt>int X;</tt>" at global scope. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage is the same as <tt>common</tt> linkage, except | 
|  | that some targets may choose to emit different assembly sequences for them | 
|  | for target-dependent reasons.  This is used for globals that are declared | 
|  | "weak" in C source code. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>"<tt>appending</tt>" linkage may only be applied to global variables of | 
|  | pointer to array type.  When two global variables with appending linkage are | 
|  | linked together, the two global arrays are appended together.  This is the | 
|  | LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together | 
|  | "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_externweak">extern_weak</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
|  | <dd>The semantics of this linkage follow the ELF object file model: the | 
|  | symbol is weak until linked, if not linked, the symbol becomes null instead | 
|  | of being an undefined reference. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_external">externally visible</a></b></tt>:</dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally | 
|  | visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to resolve | 
|  | external symbol references. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  | </dl> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows platform | 
|  | only. They are designed to support importing (exporting) symbols from (to) | 
|  | DLLs (Dynamic Link Libraries). | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dl> | 
|  | <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllimport">dllimport</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>"<tt>dllimport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to reference a function | 
|  | or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL | 
|  | exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer name is | 
|  | formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or variable name. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllexport">dllexport</a></b></tt>: </dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>"<tt>dllexport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to provide a global | 
|  | pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the | 
|  | <tt>dllimport</tt> attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer | 
|  | name is formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or variable | 
|  | name. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </dl> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>" | 
|  | variable is defined to be internal, if another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>" | 
|  | variable and was linked with this one, one of the two would be renamed, | 
|  | preventing a collision.  Since "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are | 
|  | external (i.e., lacking any linkage declarations), they are accessible | 
|  | outside of the current module.</p> | 
|  | <p>It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i> | 
|  | to have any linkage type other than "externally visible", <tt>dllimport</tt>, | 
|  | or <tt>extern_weak</tt>.</p> | 
|  | <p>Aliases can have only <tt>external</tt>, <tt>internal</tt> and <tt>weak</tt> | 
|  | linkages.</p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="callingconv">Calling Conventions</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>LLVM <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a>, <a href="#i_call">calls</a> | 
|  | and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling convention | 
|  | specified for the call.  The calling convention of any pair of dynamic | 
|  | caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is undefined.  The | 
|  | following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more may be added in | 
|  | the future:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dl> | 
|  | <dt><b>"<tt>ccc</tt>" - The C calling convention</b>:</dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention is | 
|  | specified) matches the target C calling conventions.  This calling convention | 
|  | supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in the declared | 
|  | prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as does normal C). | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b>"<tt>fastcc</tt>" - The fast calling convention</b>:</dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible | 
|  | (e.g. by passing things in registers).  This calling convention allows the | 
|  | target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the target, | 
|  | without having to conform to an externally specified ABI (Application Binary | 
|  | Interface).  Implementations of this convention should allow arbitrary | 
|  | <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">tail call optimization</a> to be | 
|  | supported.  This calling convention does not support varargs and requires the | 
|  | prototype of all callees to exactly match the prototype of the function | 
|  | definition. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b>"<tt>coldcc</tt>" - The cold calling convention</b>:</dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as efficient | 
|  | as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed.  As | 
|  | such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does not break | 
|  | any live ranges in the caller side.  This calling convention does not support | 
|  | varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to exactly match the | 
|  | prototype of the function definition. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b>"<tt>cc <<em>n</em>></tt>" - Numbered convention</b>:</dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing | 
|  | target-specific calling conventions to be used.  Target specific calling | 
|  | conventions start at 64. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  | </dl> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to | 
|  | support pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent | 
|  | convention.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="visibility">Visibility Styles</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following visibility styles: | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dl> | 
|  | <dt><b>"<tt>default</tt>" - Default style</b>:</dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>On targets that use the ELF object file format, default visibility means | 
|  | that the declaration is visible to other | 
|  | modules and, in shared libraries, means that the declared entity may be | 
|  | overridden. On Darwin, default visibility means that the declaration is | 
|  | visible to other modules. Default visibility corresponds to "external | 
|  | linkage" in the language. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b>"<tt>hidden</tt>" - Hidden style</b>:</dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>Two declarations of an object with hidden visibility refer to the same | 
|  | object if they are in the same shared object. Usually, hidden visibility | 
|  | indicates that the symbol will not be placed into the dynamic symbol table, | 
|  | so no other module (executable or shared library) can reference it | 
|  | directly. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b>"<tt>protected</tt>" - Protected style</b>:</dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>On ELF, protected visibility indicates that the symbol will be placed in | 
|  | the dynamic symbol table, but that references within the defining module will | 
|  | bind to the local symbol. That is, the symbol cannot be overridden by another | 
|  | module. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  | </dl> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="namedtypes">Named Types</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>LLVM IR allows you to specify name aliases for certain types.  This can make | 
|  | it easier to read the IR and make the IR more condensed (particularly when | 
|  | recursive types are involved).  An example of a name specification is: | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %mytype = type { %mytype*, i32 } | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>You may give a name to any <a href="#typesystem">type</a> except "<a | 
|  | href="t_void">void</a>".  Type name aliases may be used anywhere a type is | 
|  | expected with the syntax "%mytype".</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Note that type names are aliases for the structural type that they indicate, | 
|  | and that you can therefore specify multiple names for the same type.  This often | 
|  | leads to confusing behavior when dumping out a .ll file.  Since LLVM IR uses | 
|  | structural typing, the name is not part of the type.  When printing out LLVM IR, | 
|  | the printer will pick <em>one name</em> to render all types of a particular | 
|  | shape.  This means that if you have code where two different source types end up | 
|  | having the same LLVM type, that the dumper will sometimes print the "wrong" or | 
|  | unexpected type.  This is an important design point and isn't going to | 
|  | change.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="globalvars">Global Variables</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time | 
|  | instead of run-time.  Global variables may optionally be initialized, may have | 
|  | an explicit section to be placed in, and may have an optional explicit alignment | 
|  | specified.  A variable may be defined as "thread_local", which means that it | 
|  | will not be shared by threads (each thread will have a separated copy of the | 
|  | variable).  A variable may be defined as a global "constant," which indicates | 
|  | that the contents of the variable will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better | 
|  | optimization, allowing the global data to be placed in the read-only section of | 
|  | an executable, etc).  Note that variables that need runtime initialization | 
|  | cannot be marked "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked | 
|  | constant, even if the final definition of the global is not.  This capability | 
|  | can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but requires | 
|  | the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the | 
|  | 'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the | 
|  | definition. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in | 
|  | scope (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program.  Global | 
|  | variables always define a pointer to their "content" type because they | 
|  | describe a region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are | 
|  | accessed through pointers.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>A global variable may be declared to reside in a target-specifc numbered | 
|  | address space. For targets that support them, address spaces may affect how | 
|  | optimizations are performed and/or what target instructions are used to access | 
|  | the variable. The default address space is zero. The address space qualifier | 
|  | must precede any other attributes.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals.  If the target | 
|  | supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global.  If not present, or if | 
|  | the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the global is set by the target | 
|  | to whatever it feels convenient.  If an explicit alignment is specified, the | 
|  | global is forced to have at least that much alignment.  All alignments must be | 
|  | a power of 2.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>For example, the following defines a global in a numbered address space with | 
|  | an initializer, section, and alignment:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | @G = addrspace(5) constant float 1.0, section "foo", align 4 | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="functionstructure">Functions</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>LLVM function definitions consist of the "<tt>define</tt>" keyord, | 
|  | an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional | 
|  | <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional | 
|  | <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional | 
|  | <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function | 
|  | name, a (possibly empty) argument list (each with optional | 
|  | <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attributes</a>), optional | 
|  | <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a>, an optional section, | 
|  | an optional alignment, an optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>, | 
|  | an opening curly brace, a list of basic blocks, and a closing curly brace. | 
|  |  | 
|  | LLVM function declarations consist of the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an | 
|  | optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional | 
|  | <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional | 
|  | <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional | 
|  | <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function | 
|  | name, a possibly empty list of arguments, an optional alignment, and an optional | 
|  | <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG | 
|  | (Control Flow Graph) for | 
|  | the function.  Each basic block may optionally start with a label (giving the | 
|  | basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list of instructions, and ends | 
|  | with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a> instruction (such as a branch or | 
|  | function return).</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The first basic block in a function is special in two ways: it is immediately | 
|  | executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have predecessor | 
|  | basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry block of a | 
|  | function).  Because the block can have no predecessors, it also cannot have any | 
|  | <a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions.  If the target | 
|  | supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a function.  If not present, or if | 
|  | the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the target | 
|  | to whatever it feels convenient.  If an explicit alignment is specified, the | 
|  | function is forced to have at least that much alignment.  All alignments must be | 
|  | a power of 2.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <tt> | 
|  | define [<a href="#linkage">linkage</a>] [<a href="#visibility">visibility</a>] | 
|  | [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] | 
|  | <ResultType> @<FunctionName> ([argument list]) | 
|  | [<a href="#fnattrs">fn Attrs</a>] [section "name"] [align N] | 
|  | [<a href="#gc">gc</a>] { ... } | 
|  | </tt> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="aliasstructure">Aliases</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p>Aliases act as "second name" for the aliasee value (which can be either | 
|  | function, global variable, another alias or bitcast of global value). Aliases | 
|  | may have an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, and an | 
|  | optional <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | @<Name> = alias [Linkage] [Visibility] <AliaseeTy> @<Aliasee> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"><a name="paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p>The return type and each parameter of a function type may have a set of | 
|  | <i>parameter attributes</i> associated with them. Parameter attributes are | 
|  | used to communicate additional information about the result or parameters of | 
|  | a function. Parameter attributes are considered to be part of the function, | 
|  | not of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes | 
|  | can have the same function type.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Parameter attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If | 
|  | multiple parameter attributes are needed, they are space separated. For | 
|  | example:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i32 @printf(i8* noalias , ...) | 
|  | declare i32 @atoi(i8 zeroext) | 
|  | declare signext i8 @returns_signed_char() | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Note that any attributes for the function result (<tt>nounwind</tt>, | 
|  | <tt>readonly</tt>) come immediately after the argument list.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Currently, only the following parameter attributes are defined:</p> | 
|  | <dl> | 
|  | <dt><tt>zeroext</tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value | 
|  | should be zero-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter) | 
|  | or the callee (for a return value).</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt>signext</tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value | 
|  | should be sign-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter) | 
|  | or the callee (for a return value).</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt>inreg</tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This indicates that this parameter or return value should be treated | 
|  | in a special target-dependent fashion during while emitting code for a | 
|  | function call or return (usually, by putting it in a register as opposed | 
|  | to memory, though some targets use it to distinguish between two different | 
|  | kinds of registers).  Use of this attribute is target-specific.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt><a name="byval">byval</a></tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter should really be passed by | 
|  | value to the function.  The attribute implies that a hidden copy of the | 
|  | pointee is made between the caller and the callee, so the callee is unable | 
|  | to modify the value in the callee.  This attribute is only valid on LLVM | 
|  | pointer arguments.  It is generally used to pass structs and arrays by | 
|  | value, but is also valid on pointers to scalars.  The copy is considered to | 
|  | belong to the caller not the callee (for example, | 
|  | <tt><a href="#readonly">readonly</a></tt> functions should not write to | 
|  | <tt>byval</tt> parameters). This is not a valid attribute for return | 
|  | values. </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt>sret</tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter specifies the address of a | 
|  | structure that is the return value of the function in the source program. | 
|  | This pointer must be guaranteed by the caller to be valid: loads and stores | 
|  | to the structure may be assumed by the callee to not to trap.  This may only | 
|  | be applied to the first parameter. This is not a valid attribute for | 
|  | return values. </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt>noalias</tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This indicates that the pointer does not alias any global or any other | 
|  | parameter.  The caller is responsible for ensuring that this is the | 
|  | case. On a function return value, <tt>noalias</tt> additionally indicates | 
|  | that the pointer does not alias any other pointers visible to the | 
|  | caller. For further details, please see the discussion of the NoAlias | 
|  | response in | 
|  | <a href="http://llvm.org/docs/AliasAnalysis.html#MustMayNo">alias | 
|  | analysis</a>.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt>nocapture</tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This indicates that the callee does not make any copies of the pointer | 
|  | that outlive the callee itself. This is not a valid attribute for return | 
|  | values.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt>nest</tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter can be excised using the | 
|  | <a href="#int_trampoline">trampoline intrinsics</a>. This is not a valid | 
|  | attribute for return values.</dd> | 
|  | </dl> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="gc">Garbage Collector Names</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p>Each function may specify a garbage collector name, which is simply a | 
|  | string.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"><pre | 
|  | >define void @f() gc "name" { ...</pre></div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The compiler declares the supported values of <i>name</i>. Specifying a | 
|  | collector which will cause the compiler to alter its output in order to support | 
|  | the named garbage collection algorithm.</p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="fnattrs">Function Attributes</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Function attributes are set to communicate additional information about | 
|  | a function. Function attributes are considered to be part of the function, | 
|  | not of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes | 
|  | can have the same function type.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Function attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If | 
|  | multiple attributes are needed, they are space separated. For | 
|  | example:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | define void @f() noinline { ... } | 
|  | define void @f() alwaysinline { ... } | 
|  | define void @f() alwaysinline optsize { ... } | 
|  | define void @f() optsize | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dl> | 
|  | <dt><tt>alwaysinline</tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should attempt to inline this | 
|  | function into callers whenever possible, ignoring any active inlining size | 
|  | threshold for this caller.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt>noinline</tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should never inline this function | 
|  | in any situation. This attribute may not be used together with the | 
|  | <tt>alwaysinline</tt> attribute.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt>optsize</tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This attribute suggests that optimization passes and code generator passes | 
|  | make choices that keep the code size of this function low, and otherwise do | 
|  | optimizations specifically to reduce code size.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt>noreturn</tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns normally. | 
|  | This produces undefined behavior at runtime if the function ever does | 
|  | dynamically return.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt>nounwind</tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns with an | 
|  | unwind or exceptional control flow.  If the function does unwind, its runtime | 
|  | behavior is undefined.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt>readnone</tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This attribute indicates that the function computes its result (or the | 
|  | exception it throws) based strictly on its arguments, without dereferencing any | 
|  | pointer arguments or otherwise accessing any mutable state (e.g. memory, control | 
|  | registers, etc) visible to caller functions.  It does not write through any | 
|  | pointer arguments (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt> arguments) and | 
|  | never changes any state visible to callers.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt><a name="readonly">readonly</a></tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This attribute indicates that the function does not write through any | 
|  | pointer arguments (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt> arguments) | 
|  | or otherwise modify any state (e.g. memory, control registers, etc) visible to | 
|  | caller functions.  It may dereference pointer arguments and read state that may | 
|  | be set in the caller.  A readonly function always returns the same value (or | 
|  | throws the same exception) when called with the same set of arguments and global | 
|  | state.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt><a name="ssp">ssp</a></tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should emit a stack smashing | 
|  | protector. It is in the form of a "canary"—a random value placed on the | 
|  | stack before the local variables that's checked upon return from the function to | 
|  | see if it has been overwritten. A heuristic is used to determine if a function | 
|  | needs stack protectors or not. | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>If a function that has an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute is inlined into a function | 
|  | that doesn't have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting function will | 
|  | have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute.</p></dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><tt>sspreq</tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should <em>always</em> emit a | 
|  | stack smashing protector. This overrides the <tt><a href="#ssp">ssp</a></tt> | 
|  | function attribute. | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>If a function that has an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute is inlined into a | 
|  | function that doesn't have an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute or which has | 
|  | an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting function will have | 
|  | an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute.</p></dd> | 
|  | </dl> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to the | 
|  | GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks.  These blocks are internally concatenated by | 
|  | LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in the .ll file if | 
|  | desired.  The syntax is very simple: | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | module asm "inline asm code goes here" | 
|  | module asm "more can go here" | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable characters. | 
|  | The escape sequence used is simply "\xx" where "xx" is the two digit hex code | 
|  | for the number. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when | 
|  | assembly code is generated. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="datalayout">Data Layout</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p>A module may specify a target specific data layout string that specifies how | 
|  | data is to be laid out in memory. The syntax for the data layout is simply:</p> | 
|  | <pre>    target datalayout = "<i>layout specification</i>"</pre> | 
|  | <p>The <i>layout specification</i> consists of a list of specifications | 
|  | separated by the minus sign character ('-').  Each specification starts with a | 
|  | letter and may include other information after the letter to define some | 
|  | aspect of the data layout.  The specifications accepted are as follows: </p> | 
|  | <dl> | 
|  | <dt><tt>E</tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in big-endian form. That is, the | 
|  | bits with the most significance have the lowest address location.</dd> | 
|  | <dt><tt>e</tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in little-endian form. That is, | 
|  | the bits with the least significance have the lowest address location.</dd> | 
|  | <dt><tt>p:<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This specifies the <i>size</i> of a pointer and its <i>abi</i> and | 
|  | <i>preferred</i> alignments. All sizes are in bits. Specifying the <i>pref</i> | 
|  | alignment is optional. If omitted, the preceding <tt>:</tt> should be omitted | 
|  | too.</dd> | 
|  | <dt><tt>i<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This specifies the alignment for an integer type of a given bit | 
|  | <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be in the range [1,2^23).</dd> | 
|  | <dt><tt>v<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This specifies the alignment for a vector type of a given bit | 
|  | <i>size</i>.</dd> | 
|  | <dt><tt>f<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This specifies the alignment for a floating point type of a given bit | 
|  | <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be either 32 (float) or 64 | 
|  | (double).</dd> | 
|  | <dt><tt>a<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt> | 
|  | <dd>This specifies the alignment for an aggregate type of a given bit | 
|  | <i>size</i>.</dd> | 
|  | </dl> | 
|  | <p>When constructing the data layout for a given target, LLVM starts with a | 
|  | default set of specifications which are then (possibly) overriden by the | 
|  | specifications in the <tt>datalayout</tt> keyword. The default specifications | 
|  | are given in this list:</p> | 
|  | <ul> | 
|  | <li><tt>E</tt> - big endian</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>p:32:64:64</tt> - 32-bit pointers with 64-bit alignment</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>i1:8:8</tt> - i1 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>i8:8:8</tt> - i8 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>i16:16:16</tt> - i16 is 16-bit aligned</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>i32:32:32</tt> - i32 is 32-bit aligned</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>i64:32:64</tt> - i64 has ABI alignment of 32-bits but preferred | 
|  | alignment of 64-bits</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>f32:32:32</tt> - float is 32-bit aligned</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>f64:64:64</tt> - double is 64-bit aligned</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>v64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit vector is 64-bit aligned</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>v128:128:128</tt> - 128-bit vector is 128-bit aligned</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>a0:0:1</tt> - aggregates are 8-bit aligned</li> | 
|  | </ul> | 
|  | <p>When LLVM is determining the alignment for a given type, it uses the | 
|  | following rules:</p> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li>If the type sought is an exact match for one of the specifications, that | 
|  | specification is used.</li> | 
|  | <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is an integer type, then the | 
|  | smallest integer type that is larger than the bitwidth of the sought type is | 
|  | used. If none of the specifications are larger than the bitwidth then the the | 
|  | largest integer type is used. For example, given the default specifications | 
|  | above, the i7 type will use the alignment of i8 (next largest) while both | 
|  | i65 and i256 will use the alignment of i64 (largest specified).</li> | 
|  | <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is a vector type, then the | 
|  | largest vector type that is smaller than the sought vector type will be used | 
|  | as a fall back.  This happens because <128 x double> can be implemented | 
|  | in terms of 64 <2 x double>, for example.</li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="typesystem">Type System</a> </div> | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the | 
|  | intermediate representation.  Being typed enables a number of | 
|  | optimizations to be performed on the intermediate representation directly, | 
|  | without having to do | 
|  | extra analyses on the side before the transformation.  A strong type | 
|  | system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel | 
|  | analyses and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal | 
|  | three address code representations.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_classifications">Type | 
|  | Classifications</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p>The types fall into a few useful | 
|  | classifications:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> | 
|  | <tbody> | 
|  | <tr><th>Classification</th><th>Types</th></tr> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a></td> | 
|  | <td><tt>i1, i2, i3, ... i8, ... i16, ... i32, ... i64, ... </tt></td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td><a href="#t_floating">floating point</a></td> | 
|  | <td><tt>float, double, x86_fp80, fp128, ppc_fp128</tt></td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td><a name="t_firstclass">first class</a></td> | 
|  | <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>, | 
|  | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>, | 
|  | <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>, | 
|  | <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>, | 
|  | <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>, | 
|  | <a href="#t_array">array</a>, | 
|  | <a href="#t_label">label</a>. | 
|  | </td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td><a href="#t_primitive">primitive</a></td> | 
|  | <td><a href="#t_label">label</a>, | 
|  | <a href="#t_void">void</a>, | 
|  | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>.</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td><a href="#t_derived">derived</a></td> | 
|  | <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>, | 
|  | <a href="#t_array">array</a>, | 
|  | <a href="#t_function">function</a>, | 
|  | <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>, | 
|  | <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>, | 
|  | <a href="#t_pstruct">packed structure</a>, | 
|  | <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>, | 
|  | <a href="#t_opaque">opaque</a>. | 
|  | </td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | </tbody> | 
|  | </table> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the | 
|  | most important.  Values of these types are the only ones which can be | 
|  | produced by instructions, passed as arguments, or used as operands to | 
|  | instructions.</p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p>The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM | 
|  | system.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_floating">Floating Point Types</a> </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <table> | 
|  | <tbody> | 
|  | <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr> | 
|  | <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr> | 
|  | <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr> | 
|  | <tr><td><tt>fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (112-bit mantissa)</td></tr> | 
|  | <tr><td><tt>x86_fp80</tt></td><td>80-bit floating point value (X87)</td></tr> | 
|  | <tr><td><tt>ppc_fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (two 64-bits)</td></tr> | 
|  | </tbody> | 
|  | </table> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_void">Void Type</a> </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The void type does not represent any value and has no size.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | void | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_label">Label Type</a> </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The label type represents code labels.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | label | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_derived">Derived Types</a> </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system. | 
|  | This is what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions, | 
|  | pointers, and other useful types.  Note that these derived types may be | 
|  | recursive: For example, it is possible to have a two dimensional array.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_integer">Integer Type</a> </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The integer type is a very simple derived type that simply specifies an | 
|  | arbitrary bit width for the integer type desired. Any bit width from 1 bit to | 
|  | 2^23-1 (about 8 million) can be specified.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | iN | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The number of bits the integer will occupy is specified by the <tt>N</tt> | 
|  | value.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
|  | <table class="layout"> | 
|  | <tbody> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td><tt>i1</tt></td> | 
|  | <td>a single-bit integer.</td> | 
|  | </tr><tr> | 
|  | <td><tt>i32</tt></td> | 
|  | <td>a 32-bit integer.</td> | 
|  | </tr><tr> | 
|  | <td><tt>i1942652</tt></td> | 
|  | <td>a really big integer of over 1 million bits.</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | </tbody> | 
|  | </table> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large integer types | 
|  | to be used as function return types. The specific limit on how large a | 
|  | return type the code generator can currently handle is target-dependent; | 
|  | currently it's often 64 bits for 32-bit targets and 128 bits for 64-bit | 
|  | targets.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_array">Array Type</a> </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements | 
|  | sequentially in memory.  The array type requires a size (number of | 
|  | elements) and an underlying data type.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | [<# elements> x <elementtype>] | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may | 
|  | be any type with a size.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
|  | <table class="layout"> | 
|  | <tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt>[40 x i32]</tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">Array of 40 32-bit integer values.</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt>[41 x i32]</tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">Array of 41 32-bit integer values.</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i8]</tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">Array of 4 8-bit integer values.</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | </table> | 
|  | <p>Here are some examples of multidimensional arrays:</p> | 
|  | <table class="layout"> | 
|  | <tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt>[3 x [4 x i32]]</tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">3x4 array of 32-bit integer values.</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt>[12 x [10 x float]]</tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">12x10 array of single precision floating point values.</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt>[2 x [3 x [4 x i16]]]</tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">2x3x4 array of 16-bit integer  values.</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | </table> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Note that 'variable sized arrays' can be implemented in LLVM with a zero | 
|  | length array.  Normally, accesses past the end of an array are undefined in | 
|  | LLVM (e.g. it is illegal to access the 5th element of a 3 element array). | 
|  | As a special case, however, zero length arrays are recognized to be variable | 
|  | length.  This allows implementation of 'pascal style arrays' with the  LLVM | 
|  | type "{ i32, [0 x float]}", for example.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large aggregate types | 
|  | to be used as function return types. The specific limit on how large an | 
|  | aggregate return type the code generator can currently handle is | 
|  | target-dependent, and also dependent on the aggregate element types.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_function">Function Type</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature.  It | 
|  | consists of a return type and a list of formal parameter types. The | 
|  | return type of a function type is a scalar type, a void type, or a struct type. | 
|  | If the return type is a struct type then all struct elements must be of first | 
|  | class types, and the struct must have at least one element.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <returntype list> (<parameter list>) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>...where '<tt><parameter list></tt>' is a comma-separated list of type | 
|  | specifiers.  Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>, | 
|  | which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments. | 
|  | Variable argument functions can access their arguments with the <a | 
|  | href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a> functions. | 
|  | '<tt><returntype list></tt>' is a comma-separated list of | 
|  | <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type specifiers.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
|  | <table class="layout"> | 
|  | <tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32)</tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning an <tt>i32</tt> | 
|  | </td> | 
|  | </tr><tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt>float (i16 signext, i32 *) * | 
|  | </tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left"><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes | 
|  | an <tt>i16</tt> that should be sign extended and a | 
|  | <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i32</tt>, returning | 
|  | <tt>float</tt>. | 
|  | </td> | 
|  | </tr><tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i8*, ...)</tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">A vararg function that takes at least one | 
|  | <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i8 </tt> (char in C), | 
|  | which returns an integer.  This is the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in | 
|  | LLVM. | 
|  | </td> | 
|  | </tr><tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt>{i32, i32} (i32)</tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">A function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning two | 
|  | <tt>i32</tt> values as an aggregate of type <tt>{ i32, i32 }</tt> | 
|  | </td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | </table> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_struct">Structure Type</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members | 
|  | together in memory.  The packing of the field types is defined to match | 
|  | the ABI of the underlying processor.  The elements of a structure may | 
|  | be any type that has a size.</p> | 
|  | <p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> | 
|  | and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a | 
|  | field with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' | 
|  | instruction.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  { <type list> }<br></pre> | 
|  | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
|  | <table class="layout"> | 
|  | <tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt>{ i32, i32, i32 }</tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td> | 
|  | </tr><tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt>{ float, i32 (i32) * }</tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the | 
|  | second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a | 
|  | <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning | 
|  | an <tt>i32</tt>.</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | </table> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large aggregate types | 
|  | to be used as function return types. The specific limit on how large an | 
|  | aggregate return type the code generator can currently handle is | 
|  | target-dependent, and also dependent on the aggregate element types.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The packed structure type is used to represent a collection of data members | 
|  | together in memory.  There is no padding between fields.  Further, the alignment | 
|  | of a packed structure is 1 byte.  The elements of a packed structure may | 
|  | be any type that has a size.</p> | 
|  | <p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> | 
|  | and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a | 
|  | field with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' | 
|  | instruction.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  < { <type list> } > <br></pre> | 
|  | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
|  | <table class="layout"> | 
|  | <tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt>< { i32, i32, i32 } ></tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td> | 
|  | </tr><tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"> | 
|  | <tt>< { float, i32 (i32)* } ></tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the | 
|  | second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a | 
|  | <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning | 
|  | an <tt>i32</tt>.</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | </table> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pointer">Pointer Type</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>As in many languages, the pointer type represents a pointer or | 
|  | reference to another object, which must live in memory. Pointer types may have | 
|  | an optional address space attribute defining the target-specific numbered | 
|  | address space where the pointed-to object resides. The default address space is | 
|  | zero.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <type> *<br></pre> | 
|  | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
|  | <table class="layout"> | 
|  | <tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i32]*</tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <a | 
|  | href="#t_array">array</a> of four <tt>i32</tt> values.</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32 *) *</tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left"> A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a | 
|  | href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32*</tt>, returning an | 
|  | <tt>i32</tt>.</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt>i32 addrspace(5)*</tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to an <tt>i32</tt> value | 
|  | that resides in address space #5.</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | </table> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_vector">Vector Type</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>A vector type is a simple derived type that represents a vector | 
|  | of elements.  Vector types are used when multiple primitive data | 
|  | are operated in parallel using a single instruction (SIMD). | 
|  | A vector type requires a size (number of | 
|  | elements) and an underlying primitive data type.  Vectors must have a power | 
|  | of two length (1, 2, 4, 8, 16 ...).  Vector types are | 
|  | considered <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | < <# elements> x <elementtype> > | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may | 
|  | be any integer or floating point type.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <table class="layout"> | 
|  | <tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt><4 x i32></tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">Vector of 4 32-bit integer values.</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt><8 x float></tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">Vector of 8 32-bit floating-point values.</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt><2 x i64></tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">Vector of 2 64-bit integer values.</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | </table> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large vector types | 
|  | to be used as function return types. The specific limit on how large a | 
|  | vector return type codegen can currently handle is target-dependent; | 
|  | currently it's often a few times longer than a hardware vector register.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_opaque">Opaque Type</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Opaque types are used to represent unknown types in the system.  This | 
|  | corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a forward declared structure type. | 
|  | In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just a | 
|  | structure type).</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | opaque | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <table class="layout"> | 
|  | <tr class="layout"> | 
|  | <td class="left"><tt>opaque</tt></td> | 
|  | <td class="left">An opaque type.</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | </table> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="constants">Constants</a> </div> | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>LLVM has several different basic types of constants.  This section describes | 
|  | them all and their syntax.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"><a name="simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dl> | 
|  | <dt><b>Boolean constants</b></dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>The two strings '<tt>true</tt>' and '<tt>false</tt>' are both valid | 
|  | constants of the <tt><a href="#t_primitive">i1</a></tt> type. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b>Integer constants</b></dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of the <a | 
|  | href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.  Negative numbers may be used with | 
|  | integer types. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b>Floating point constants</b></dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g. 123.421), | 
|  | exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal | 
|  | notation (see below).  The assembler requires the exact decimal value of | 
|  | a floating-point constant.  For example, the assembler accepts 1.25 but | 
|  | rejects 1.3 because 1.3 is a repeating decimal in binary.  Floating point | 
|  | constants must have a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b>Null pointer constants</b></dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>The identifier '<tt>null</tt>' is recognized as a null pointer constant | 
|  | and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </dl> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the optional hexadecimal form | 
|  | of floating point constants.  For example, the form '<tt>double | 
|  | 0x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than) '<tt>double | 
|  | 4.5e+15</tt>'.  The only time hexadecimal floating point constants are required | 
|  | (and the only time that they are generated by the disassembler) is when a | 
|  | floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot be represented as a | 
|  | decimal floating point number.  For example, NaN's, infinities, and other | 
|  | special values are represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that | 
|  | assembly and disassembly do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"><a name="aggregateconstants">Aggregate Constants</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p>Aggregate constants arise from aggregation of simple constants | 
|  | and smaller aggregate constants.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dl> | 
|  | <dt><b>Structure constants</b></dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>Structure constants are represented with notation similar to structure | 
|  | type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces | 
|  | (<tt>{}</tt>)).  For example: "<tt>{ i32 4, float 17.0, i32* @G }</tt>", | 
|  | where "<tt>@G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>@G = external global i32</tt>".  Structure constants | 
|  | must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and the number and | 
|  | types of elements must match those specified by the type. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b>Array constants</b></dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type | 
|  | definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square brackets | 
|  | (<tt>[]</tt>)).  For example: "<tt>[ i32 42, i32 11, i32 74 ]</tt>".  Array | 
|  | constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and the number and | 
|  | types of elements must match those specified by the type. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b>Vector constants</b></dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>Vector constants are represented with notation similar to vector type | 
|  | definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by | 
|  | less-than/greater-than's (<tt><></tt>)).  For example: "<tt>< i32 42, | 
|  | i32 11, i32 74, i32 100 ></tt>".  Vector constants must have <a | 
|  | href="#t_vector">vector type</a>, and the number and types of elements must | 
|  | match those specified by the type. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b>Zero initialization</b></dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>The string '<tt>zeroinitializer</tt>' can be used to zero initialize a | 
|  | value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and aggregate types. | 
|  | This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers (e.g. for | 
|  | large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit zero | 
|  | initializers. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  | </dl> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a> and <a | 
|  | href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid (link-time) | 
|  | constants.  These constants are explicitly referenced when the <a | 
|  | href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always have <a | 
|  | href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a legal LLVM | 
|  | file:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | @X = global i32 17 | 
|  | @Y = global i32 42 | 
|  | @Z = global [2 x i32*] [ i32* @X, i32* @Y ] | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"><a name="undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' is recognized as a type-less constant that has | 
|  | no specific value.  Undefined values may be of any type and be used anywhere | 
|  | a constant is permitted.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Undefined values indicate to the compiler that the program is well defined | 
|  | no matter what value is used, giving the compiler more freedom to optimize. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"><a name="constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other constants | 
|  | to be used as constants.  Constant expressions may be of any <a | 
|  | href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM operation | 
|  | that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not supported).  The | 
|  | following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dl> | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>trunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be larger | 
|  | than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>zext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be | 
|  | smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE.  Both types must be integers.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>sext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be | 
|  | smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE.  Both types must be integers.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>fptrunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type. The | 
|  | size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types must be | 
|  | floating point.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>fpext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST must be | 
|  | smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be floating point.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>fptoui ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding unsigned integer | 
|  | constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of scalar | 
|  | or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or vectors | 
|  | of the same number of elements. If the  value won't fit in the integer type, | 
|  | the results are undefined.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>fptosi ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding signed integer | 
|  | constant.  TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of scalar | 
|  | or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or vectors | 
|  | of the same number of elements. If the  value won't fit in the integer type, | 
|  | the results are undefined.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>uitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Convert an unsigned integer constant to the corresponding floating point | 
|  | constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be of | 
|  | scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or vectors | 
|  | of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the floating point | 
|  | type, the results are undefined.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>sitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Convert a signed integer constant to the corresponding floating point | 
|  | constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be of | 
|  | scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or vectors | 
|  | of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the floating point | 
|  | type, the results are undefined.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>ptrtoint ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Convert a pointer typed constant to the corresponding integer constant | 
|  | TYPE must be an integer type. CST must be of pointer type. The CST value is | 
|  | zero extended, truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in TYPE.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>inttoptr ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Convert a integer constant to a pointer constant.  TYPE must be a | 
|  | pointer type.  CST must be of integer type. The CST value is zero extended, | 
|  | truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in a pointer size. This one is | 
|  | <i>really</i> dangerous!</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>bitcast ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Convert a constant, CST, to another TYPE. The size of CST and TYPE must be | 
|  | identical (same number of bits). The conversion is done as if the CST value | 
|  | was stored to memory and read back as TYPE. In other words, no bits change | 
|  | with this operator, just the type.  This can be used for conversion of | 
|  | vector types to any other type, as long as they have the same bit width. For | 
|  | pointers it is only valid to cast to another pointer type. It is not valid | 
|  | to bitcast to or from an aggregate type. | 
|  | </dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>getelementptr ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr operation</a> on | 
|  | constants.  As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> | 
|  | instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are required | 
|  | to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>select ( COND, VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on | 
|  | constants.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>icmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_icmp">icmp operation</a> on constants.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>fcmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_fcmp">fcmp operation</a> on constants.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>vicmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_vicmp">vicmp operation</a> on constants.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>vfcmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  | <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_vfcmp">vfcmp operation</a> on constants.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>extractelement ( VAL, IDX )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement | 
|  | operation</a> on constants.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>insertelement ( VAL, ELT, IDX )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement | 
|  | operation</a> on constants.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>shufflevector ( VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector | 
|  | operation</a> on constants.</dd> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dt><b><tt>OPCODE ( LHS, RHS )</tt></b></dt> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may | 
|  | be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a> or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise | 
|  | binary</a> operations.  The constraints on operands are the same as those for | 
|  | the corresponding instruction (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point | 
|  | values are allowed).</dd> | 
|  | </dl> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div> | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed to <a href="#moduleasm"> | 
|  | Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of a special value.  This | 
|  | value represents the inline assembler as a string (containing the instructions | 
|  | to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored as a string), and a flag that | 
|  | indicates whether or not the inline asm expression has side effects.  An example | 
|  | inline assembler expression is: | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | i32 (i32) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r" | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of | 
|  | a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>.  Thus, typically we have: | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %X = call i32 asm "<a href="#int_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(i32 %Y) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be marked | 
|  | as having side effects.  This is done through the use of the | 
|  | '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so: | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""() | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be | 
|  | documented here.  Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving, etc | 
|  | need to be documented).  This is probably best done by reference to another | 
|  | document that covers inline asm from a holistic perspective. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="instref">Instruction Reference</a> </div> | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different | 
|  | classifications of instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator | 
|  | instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>, | 
|  | <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>, <a | 
|  | href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and <a href="#otherops">other | 
|  | instructions</a>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="terminators">Terminator | 
|  | Instructions</a> </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every | 
|  | basic block in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which | 
|  | indicates which block should be executed after the current block is | 
|  | finished. These terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>' | 
|  | value: they produce control flow, not values (the one exception being | 
|  | the '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p> | 
|  | <p>There are six different terminator instructions: the '<a | 
|  | href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>' | 
|  | instruction, the '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction, | 
|  | the '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the '<a | 
|  | href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the '<a | 
|  | href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' | 
|  | Instruction</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | ret <type> <value>       <i>; Return a value from a non-void function</i> | 
|  | ret void                 <i>; Return from void function</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and | 
|  | optionally a value) from a function back to the caller.</p> | 
|  | <p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that | 
|  | returns a value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes | 
|  | control flow to occur.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction optionally accepts a single argument, | 
|  | the return value. The type of the return value must be a | 
|  | '<a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>A function is not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if | 
|  | it it has a non-void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' | 
|  | instruction with no return value or a return value with a type that | 
|  | does not match its type, or if it has a void return type and contains | 
|  | a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with a return value.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow | 
|  | returns back to the calling function's context.  If the caller is a "<a | 
|  | href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at | 
|  | the instruction after the call.  If the caller was an "<a | 
|  | href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues | 
|  | at the beginning of the "normal" destination block.  If the instruction | 
|  | returns a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's | 
|  | return value.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | ret i32 5                       <i>; Return an integer value of 5</i> | 
|  | ret void                        <i>; Return from a void function</i> | 
|  | ret { i32, i8 } { i32 4, i8 2 } <i>; Return an aggregate of values 4 and 2</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support large | 
|  | return values. The specific sizes that are currently supported are | 
|  | dependent on the target. For integers, on 32-bit targets the limit | 
|  | is often 64 bits, and on 64-bit targets the limit is often 128 bits. | 
|  | For aggregate types, the current limits are dependent on the element | 
|  | types; for example targets are often limited to 2 total integer | 
|  | elements and 2 total floating-point elements.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  br i1 <cond>, label <iftrue>, label <iffalse><br>  br label <dest>          <i>; Unconditional branch</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to | 
|  | transfer to a different basic block in the current function.  There are | 
|  | two forms of this instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch | 
|  | and an unconditional branch.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a | 
|  | single '<tt>i1</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values.  The | 
|  | unconditional form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single | 
|  | '<tt>label</tt>' value as a target.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>Upon execution of a conditional '<tt>br</tt>' instruction, the '<tt>i1</tt>' | 
|  | argument is evaluated.  If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows | 
|  | to the '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.  If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>, | 
|  | control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>Test:<br>  %cond = <a href="#i_icmp">icmp</a> eq, i32 %a, %b<br>  br i1 %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal<br>IfEqual:<br>  <a | 
|  | href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 1<br>IfUnequal:<br>  <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br></pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | switch <intty> <value>, label <defaultdest> [ <intty> <val>, label <dest> ... ] | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of | 
|  | several different places.  It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>' | 
|  | instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible | 
|  | destinations.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction uses three parameters: an integer | 
|  | comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination, and | 
|  | an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s.  The | 
|  | table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The <tt>switch</tt> instruction specifies a table of values and | 
|  | destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this | 
|  | table is searched for the given value.  If the value is found, control flow is | 
|  | transfered to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is | 
|  | transfered to the default destination.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Implementation:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular | 
|  | <tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in different | 
|  | ways.  For example, it could be generated as a series of chained conditional | 
|  | branches or with a lookup table.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <i>; Emulate a conditional br instruction</i> | 
|  | %Val = <a href="#i_zext">zext</a> i1 %value to i32 | 
|  | switch i32 %Val, label %truedest [ i32 0, label %falsedest ] | 
|  |  | 
|  | <i>; Emulate an unconditional br instruction</i> | 
|  | switch i32 0, label %dest [ ] | 
|  |  | 
|  | <i>; Implement a jump table:</i> | 
|  | switch i32 %val, label %otherwise [ i32 0, label %onzero | 
|  | i32 1, label %onone | 
|  | i32 2, label %ontwo ] | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = invoke [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] <ptr to function ty> <function ptr val>(<function args>) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>] | 
|  | to label <normal label> unwind label <exception label> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified | 
|  | function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the | 
|  | '<tt>normal</tt>' label or the | 
|  | '<tt>exception</tt>' label.  If the callee function returns with the | 
|  | "<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction, control flow will return to the | 
|  | "normal" label.  If the callee (or any indirect callees) returns with the "<a | 
|  | href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>" instruction, control is interrupted and | 
|  | continued at the dynamically nearest "exception" label.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li> | 
|  | The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling | 
|  | convention</a> the call should use.  If none is specified, the call defaults | 
|  | to using C calling conventions. | 
|  | </li> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for | 
|  | return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', | 
|  | and '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <li>'<tt>ptr to function ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to | 
|  | function value being invoked.  In most cases, this is a direct function | 
|  | invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching off | 
|  | an arbitrary pointer to function value. | 
|  | </li> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <li>'<tt>function ptr val</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a | 
|  | function to be invoked. </li> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function | 
|  | signature argument types.  If the function signature indicates the function | 
|  | accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra arguments can be | 
|  | specified. </li> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <li>'<tt>normal label</tt>': the label reached when the called function | 
|  | executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <li>'<tt>exception label</tt>': the label reached when a callee returns with | 
|  | the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only | 
|  | '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and | 
|  | '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard '<tt><a | 
|  | href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards.  The primary | 
|  | difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which is used by | 
|  | the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that proper | 
|  | cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown | 
|  | exception.  Additionally, this is important for implementation of | 
|  | '<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %retval = invoke i32 @Test(i32 15) to label %Continue | 
|  | unwind label %TestCleanup              <i>; {i32}:retval set</i> | 
|  | %retval = invoke <a href="#callingconv">coldcc</a> i32 %Testfnptr(i32 15) to label %Continue | 
|  | unwind label %TestCleanup              <i>; {i32}:retval set</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>' | 
|  | Instruction</a> </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | unwind | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction unwinds the stack, continuing control flow | 
|  | at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used an <a | 
|  | href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call.  This is | 
|  | primarily used to implement exception handling.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction causes execution of the current function to | 
|  | immediately halt.  The dynamic call stack is then searched for the first <a | 
|  | href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack.  Once found, | 
|  | execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block specified by the | 
|  | <tt>invoke</tt> instruction.  If there is no <tt>invoke</tt> instruction in the | 
|  | dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' | 
|  | Instruction</a> </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | unreachable | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.  This | 
|  | instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the | 
|  | code is not reachable.  This can be used to indicate that the code after a | 
|  | no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.</p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="binaryops">Binary Operations</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a | 
|  | program.  They require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on them, and | 
|  | produce a single value.  The operands might represent | 
|  | multiple data, as is the case with the <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> data type. | 
|  | The result value has the same type as its operands.</p> | 
|  | <p>There are several different binary operators:</p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = add <ty> <op1>, <op2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>add</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must be <a | 
|  | href="#t_integer">integer</a>, <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>, or | 
|  | <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> values. Both arguments must have identical | 
|  | types.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The value produced is the integer or floating point sum of the two | 
|  | operands.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>If an integer sum has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the | 
|  | mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of | 
|  | the result.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this | 
|  | instruction is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = add i32 4, %var          <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 + %var</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = sub <ty> <op1>, <op2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two | 
|  | operands.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Note that the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the | 
|  | '<tt>neg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate | 
|  | representations.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must be <a | 
|  | href="#t_integer">integer</a>, <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>, | 
|  | or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> values.  Both arguments must have identical | 
|  | types.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The value produced is the integer or floating point difference of | 
|  | the two operands.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>If an integer difference has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the | 
|  | mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of | 
|  | the result.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this | 
|  | instruction is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = sub i32 4, %var          <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 - %var</i> | 
|  | <result> = sub i32 0, %val          <i>; yields {i32}:result = -%var</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = mul <ty> <op1>, <op2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The  '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two | 
|  | operands.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must be <a | 
|  | href="#t_integer">integer</a>, <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>, | 
|  | or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> values.  Both arguments must have identical | 
|  | types.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The value produced is the integer or floating point product of the | 
|  | two operands.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>If the result of an integer multiplication has unsigned overflow, | 
|  | the result returned is the mathematical result modulo | 
|  | 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the result.</p> | 
|  | <p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, and the | 
|  | result is the same width as the operands, this instruction returns the | 
|  | correct result for both signed and unsigned integers.  If a full product | 
|  | (e.g. <tt>i32</tt>x<tt>i32</tt>-><tt>i64</tt>) is needed, the operands | 
|  | should be sign-extended or zero-extended as appropriate to the | 
|  | width of the full product.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = mul i32 4, %var          <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 * %var</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction | 
|  | </a></div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = udiv <ty> <op1>, <op2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two | 
|  | operands.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction must be | 
|  | <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer | 
|  | values.  Both arguments must have identical types.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The value produced is the unsigned integer quotient of the two operands.</p> | 
|  | <p>Note that unsigned integer division and signed integer division are distinct | 
|  | operations; for signed integer division, use '<tt>sdiv</tt>'.</p> | 
|  | <p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = udiv i32 4, %var          <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction | 
|  | </a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = sdiv <ty> <op1>, <op2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two | 
|  | operands.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction must be | 
|  | <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer | 
|  | values.  Both arguments must have identical types.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands rounded towards zero.</p> | 
|  | <p>Note that signed integer division and unsigned integer division are distinct | 
|  | operations; for unsigned integer division, use '<tt>udiv</tt>'.</p> | 
|  | <p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior. Overflow also leads to | 
|  | undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur, for example, | 
|  | by doing a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = sdiv i32 4, %var          <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>' | 
|  | Instruction</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = fdiv <ty> <op1>, <op2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two | 
|  | operands.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction must be | 
|  | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> | 
|  | of floating point values.  Both arguments must have identical types.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The value produced is the floating point quotient of the two operands.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = fdiv float 4.0, %var          <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 / %var</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = urem <ty> <op1>, <op2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the | 
|  | unsigned division of its two arguments.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction must be | 
|  | <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer | 
|  | values.  Both arguments must have identical types.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>This instruction returns the unsigned integer <i>remainder</i> of a division. | 
|  | This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the remainder.</p> | 
|  | <p>Note that unsigned integer remainder and signed integer remainder are | 
|  | distinct operations; for signed integer remainder, use '<tt>srem</tt>'.</p> | 
|  | <p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = urem i32 4, %var          <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = srem <ty> <op1>, <op2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the | 
|  | signed division of its two operands. This instruction can also take | 
|  | <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values in which case | 
|  | the elements must be integers.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction must be | 
|  | <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer | 
|  | values.  Both arguments must have identical types.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division (where the result | 
|  | has the same sign as the dividend, <tt>op1</tt>), not the <i>modulo</i> | 
|  | operator (where the result has the same sign as the divisor, <tt>op2</tt>) of | 
|  | a value.  For more information about the difference, see <a | 
|  | href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The | 
|  | Math Forum</a>. For a table of how this is implemented in various languages, | 
|  | please see <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation"> | 
|  | Wikipedia: modulo operation</a>.</p> | 
|  | <p>Note that signed integer remainder and unsigned integer remainder are | 
|  | distinct operations; for unsigned integer remainder, use '<tt>urem</tt>'.</p> | 
|  | <p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior. | 
|  | Overflow also leads to undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur, | 
|  | for example, by taking the remainder of a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1. | 
|  | (The remainder doesn't actually overflow, but this rule lets srem be | 
|  | implemented using instructions that return both the result of the division | 
|  | and the remainder.)</p> | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = srem i32 4, %var          <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a> </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = frem <ty> <op1>, <op2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the | 
|  | division of its two operands.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction must be | 
|  | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> | 
|  | of floating point values.  Both arguments must have identical types.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division. | 
|  | The remainder has the same sign as the dividend.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = frem float 4.0, %var          <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 % %var</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary | 
|  | Operations</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of | 
|  | bit-twiddling in a program.  They are generally very efficient | 
|  | instructions and can commonly be strength reduced from other | 
|  | instructions.  They require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on them, | 
|  | and produce a single value.  The resulting value is the same type as its operands.</p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' | 
|  | Instruction</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = shl <ty> <op1>, <op2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to | 
|  | the left a specified number of bits.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Both arguments to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be the same <a | 
|  | href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer | 
|  | type.  '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The value produced is <tt>op1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>op2</tt></sup> mod 2<sup>n</sup>, | 
|  | where n is the width of the result.  If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) negative or | 
|  | equal to or larger than the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. | 
|  | If the arguments are vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the | 
|  | corresponding shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5><pre> | 
|  | <result> = shl i32 4, %var   <i>; yields {i32}: 4 << %var</i> | 
|  | <result> = shl i32 4, 2      <i>; yields {i32}: 16</i> | 
|  | <result> = shl i32 1, 10     <i>; yields {i32}: 1024</i> | 
|  | <result> = shl i32 1, 32     <i>; undefined</i> | 
|  | <result> = shl <2 x i32> < i32 1, i32 1>, < i32 1, i32 2>   <i>; yields: result=<2 x i32> < i32 2, i32 4></i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>' | 
|  | Instruction</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = lshr <ty> <op1>, <op2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first | 
|  | operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with zero fill.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>Both arguments to the '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction must be the same | 
|  | <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer | 
|  | type.  '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>This instruction always performs a logical shift right operation. The most | 
|  | significant bits of the result will be filled with zero bits after the | 
|  | shift.  If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger than | 
|  | the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are | 
|  | vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding shift | 
|  | amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = lshr i32 4, 1   <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i> | 
|  | <result> = lshr i32 4, 2   <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i> | 
|  | <result> = lshr i8  4, 3   <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i> | 
|  | <result> = lshr i8 -2, 1   <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0x7FFFFFFF </i> | 
|  | <result> = lshr i32 1, 32  <i>; undefined</i> | 
|  | <result> = lshr <2 x i32> < i32 -2, i32 4>, < i32 1, i32 2>   <i>; yields: result=<2 x i32> < i32 0x7FFFFFFF, i32 1></i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>' | 
|  | Instruction</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = ashr <ty> <op1>, <op2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first | 
|  | operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with sign extension.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>Both arguments to the '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction must be the same | 
|  | <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer | 
|  | type.  '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation, | 
|  | The most significant bits of the result will be filled with the sign bit | 
|  | of <tt>op1</tt>.  If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or | 
|  | larger than the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the | 
|  | arguments are vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the | 
|  | corresponding shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = ashr i32 4, 1   <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i> | 
|  | <result> = ashr i32 4, 2   <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i> | 
|  | <result> = ashr i8  4, 3   <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i> | 
|  | <result> = ashr i8 -2, 1   <i>; yields {i8}:result = -1</i> | 
|  | <result> = ashr i32 1, 32  <i>; undefined</i> | 
|  | <result> = ashr <2 x i32> < i32 -2, i32 4>, < i32 1, i32 3>   <i>; yields: result=<2 x i32> < i32 -1, i32 0></i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' | 
|  | Instruction</a> </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = and <ty> <op1>, <op2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of | 
|  | its two operands.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be | 
|  | <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer | 
|  | values.  Both arguments must have identical types.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The truth table used for the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction is:</p> | 
|  | <p> </p> | 
|  | <div> | 
|  | <table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> | 
|  | <tbody> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td>In0</td> | 
|  | <td>In1</td> | 
|  | <td>Out</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | </tbody> | 
|  | </table> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = and i32 4, %var         <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 & %var</i> | 
|  | <result> = and i32 15, 40          <i>; yields {i32}:result = 8</i> | 
|  | <result> = and i32 4, 8            <i>; yields {i32}:result = 0</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = or <ty> <op1>, <op2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive | 
|  | or of its two operands.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be | 
|  | <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer | 
|  | values.  Both arguments must have identical types.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The truth table used for the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction is:</p> | 
|  | <p> </p> | 
|  | <div> | 
|  | <table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> | 
|  | <tbody> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td>In0</td> | 
|  | <td>In1</td> | 
|  | <td>Out</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | </tbody> | 
|  | </table> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = or i32 4, %var         <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 | %var</i> | 
|  | <result> = or i32 15, 40          <i>; yields {i32}:result = 47</i> | 
|  | <result> = or i32 4, 8            <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' | 
|  | Instruction</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = xor <ty> <op1>, <op2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive | 
|  | or of its two operands.  The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the | 
|  | "one's complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be | 
|  | <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer | 
|  | values.  Both arguments must have identical types.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The truth table used for the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction is:</p> | 
|  | <p> </p> | 
|  | <div> | 
|  | <table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> | 
|  | <tbody> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td>In0</td> | 
|  | <td>In1</td> | 
|  | <td>Out</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | <tr> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | <td>1</td> | 
|  | <td>0</td> | 
|  | </tr> | 
|  | </tbody> | 
|  | </table> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <p> </p> | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = xor i32 4, %var         <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 ^ %var</i> | 
|  | <result> = xor i32 15, 40          <i>; yields {i32}:result = 39</i> | 
|  | <result> = xor i32 4, 8            <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i> | 
|  | <result> = xor i32 %V, -1          <i>; yields {i32}:result = ~%V</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="vectorops">Vector Operations</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a | 
|  | target-independent manner.  These instructions cover the element-access and | 
|  | vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively.  While LLVM | 
|  | does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms | 
|  | will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a specific | 
|  | target.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = extractelement <n x <ty>> <val>, i32 <idx>    <i>; yields <ty></i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar | 
|  | element from a vector at a specified index. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a | 
|  | value of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type.  The second operand is | 
|  | an index indicating the position from which to extract the element. | 
|  | The index may be a variable.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of | 
|  | <tt>val</tt>.  Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of | 
|  | <tt>val</tt>.  If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the | 
|  | results are undefined. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %result = extractelement <4 x i32> %vec, i32 0    <i>; yields i32</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = insertelement <n x <ty>> <val>, <ty> <elt>, i32 <idx>    <i>; yields <n x <ty>></i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar | 
|  | element into a vector at a specified index. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a | 
|  | value of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type.  The second operand is a | 
|  | scalar value whose type must equal the element type of the first | 
|  | operand.  The third operand is an index indicating the position at | 
|  | which to insert the value.  The index may be a variable.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The result is a vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>.  Its | 
|  | element values are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position | 
|  | <tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the value <tt>elt</tt>.  If <tt>idx</tt> | 
|  | exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the results are undefined. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %result = insertelement <4 x i32> %vec, i32 1, i32 0    <i>; yields <4 x i32></i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = shufflevector <n x <ty>> <v1>, <n x <ty>> <v2>, <m x i32> <mask>    <i>; yields <m x <ty>></i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements | 
|  | from two input vectors, returning a vector with the same element type as | 
|  | the input and length that is the same as the shuffle mask. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors | 
|  | with types that match each other. The third argument is a shuffle mask whose | 
|  | element type is always 'i32'.  The result of the instruction is a vector whose | 
|  | length is the same as the shuffle mask and whose element type is the same as | 
|  | the element type of the first two operands. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either | 
|  | constant integer or undef values. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across | 
|  | both of the vectors.  The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of | 
|  | the result vector, which element of the two input vectors the result element | 
|  | gets.  The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the second | 
|  | operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %result = shufflevector <4 x i32> %v1, <4 x i32> %v2, | 
|  | <4 x i32> <i32 0, i32 4, i32 1, i32 5>  <i>; yields <4 x i32></i> | 
|  | %result = shufflevector <4 x i32> %v1, <4 x i32> undef, | 
|  | <4 x i32> <i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3>  <i>; yields <4 x i32></i> - Identity shuffle. | 
|  | %result = shufflevector <8 x i32> %v1, <8 x i32> undef, | 
|  | <4 x i32> <i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3>  <i>; yields <4 x i32></i> | 
|  | %result = shufflevector <4 x i32> %v1, <4 x i32> %v2, | 
|  | <8 x i32> <i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3, i32 4, i32 5, i32 6, i32 7 >  <i>; yields <8 x i32></i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>LLVM supports several instructions for working with aggregate values. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = extractvalue <aggregate type> <val>, <idx>{, <idx>}* | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction extracts the value of a struct field | 
|  | or array element from an aggregate value. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The first operand of an '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction is a | 
|  | value of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a> | 
|  | type.  The operands are constant indices to specify which value to extract | 
|  | in a similar manner as indices in a | 
|  | '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The result is the value at the position in the aggregate specified by | 
|  | the index operands. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %result = extractvalue {i32, float} %agg, 0    <i>; yields i32</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = insertvalue <aggregate type> <val>, <ty> <val>, <idx>    <i>; yields <n x <ty>></i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction inserts a value | 
|  | into a struct field or array element in an aggregate. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The first operand of an '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction is a | 
|  | value of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. | 
|  | The second operand is a first-class value to insert. | 
|  | The following operands are constant indices | 
|  | indicating the position at which to insert the value in a similar manner as | 
|  | indices in a | 
|  | '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction. | 
|  | The value to insert must have the same type as the value identified | 
|  | by the indices. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The result is an aggregate of the same type as <tt>val</tt>.  Its | 
|  | value is that of <tt>val</tt> except that the value at the position | 
|  | specified by the indices is that of <tt>elt</tt>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %result = insertvalue {i32, float} %agg, i32 1, 0    <i>; yields {i32, float}</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it | 
|  | represents memory.  In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which | 
|  | makes things very simple.  This section describes how to read, write, | 
|  | allocate, and free memory in LLVM.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_malloc">'<tt>malloc</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = malloc <type>[, i32 <NumElements>][, align <alignment>]     <i>; yields {type*}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>malloc</tt>' instruction allocates memory from the system | 
|  | heap and returns a pointer to it. The object is always allocated in the generic | 
|  | address space (address space zero).</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>malloc</tt>' instruction allocates | 
|  | <tt>sizeof(<type>)*NumElements</tt> | 
|  | bytes of memory from the operating system and returns a pointer of the | 
|  | appropriate type to the program.  If "NumElements" is specified, it is the | 
|  | number of elements allocated, otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted to be one. | 
|  | If a constant alignment is specified, the value result of the allocation is guaranteed to | 
|  | be aligned to at least that boundary.  If not specified, or if zero, the target can | 
|  | choose to align the allocation on any convenient boundary.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>'<tt>type</tt>' must be a sized type.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Memory is allocated using the system "<tt>malloc</tt>" function, and | 
|  | a pointer is returned.  The result of a zero byte allocation is undefined.  The | 
|  | result is null if there is insufficient memory available.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %array  = malloc [4 x i8]                     <i>; yields {[%4 x i8]*}:array</i> | 
|  |  | 
|  | %size   = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 2, 2                        <i>; yields {i32}:size = i32 4</i> | 
|  | %array1 = malloc i8, i32 4                    <i>; yields {i8*}:array1</i> | 
|  | %array2 = malloc [12 x i8], i32 %size         <i>; yields {[12 x i8]*}:array2</i> | 
|  | %array3 = malloc i32, i32 4, align 1024       <i>; yields {i32*}:array3</i> | 
|  | %array4 = malloc i32, align 1024              <i>; yields {i32*}:array4</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Note that the code generator does not yet respect the | 
|  | alignment value.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_free">'<tt>free</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | free <type> <value>                           <i>; yields {void}</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>free</tt>' instruction returns memory back to the unused | 
|  | memory heap to be reallocated in the future.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>'<tt>value</tt>' shall be a pointer value that points to a value | 
|  | that was allocated with the '<tt><a href="#i_malloc">malloc</a></tt>' | 
|  | instruction.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Access to the memory pointed to by the pointer is no longer defined | 
|  | after this instruction executes.  If the pointer is null, the operation | 
|  | is a noop.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %array  = <a href="#i_malloc">malloc</a> [4 x i8]                     <i>; yields {[4 x i8]*}:array</i> | 
|  | free   [4 x i8]* %array | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = alloca <type>[, i32 <NumElements>][, align <alignment>]     <i>; yields {type*}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the | 
|  | currently executing function, to be automatically released when this function | 
|  | returns to its caller. The object is always allocated in the generic address | 
|  | space (address space zero).</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates <tt>sizeof(<type>)*NumElements</tt> | 
|  | bytes of memory on the runtime stack, returning a pointer of the | 
|  | appropriate type to the program.  If "NumElements" is specified, it is the | 
|  | number of elements allocated, otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted to be one. | 
|  | If a constant alignment is specified, the value result of the allocation is guaranteed | 
|  | to be aligned to at least that boundary.  If not specified, or if zero, the target | 
|  | can choose to align the allocation on any convenient boundary.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned.  The operation is undefiend if | 
|  | there is insufficient stack space for the allocation.  '<tt>alloca</tt>'d | 
|  | memory is automatically released when the function returns.  The '<tt>alloca</tt>' | 
|  | instruction is commonly used to represent automatic variables that must | 
|  | have an address available.  When the function returns (either with the <tt><a | 
|  | href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt> or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt> | 
|  | instructions), the memory is reclaimed.  Allocating zero bytes | 
|  | is legal, but the result is undefined.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %ptr = alloca i32                             <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i> | 
|  | %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4                      <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i> | 
|  | %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4, align 1024          <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i> | 
|  | %ptr = alloca i32, align 1024                 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>' | 
|  | Instruction</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = load <ty>* <pointer>[, align <alignment>]<br>  <result> = volatile load <ty>* <pointer>[, align <alignment>]<br></pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory | 
|  | address from which to load.  The pointer must point to a <a | 
|  | href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type.  If the <tt>load</tt> is | 
|  | marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify | 
|  | the number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other | 
|  | volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt> | 
|  | instructions. </p> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the operation | 
|  | (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an | 
|  | omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential | 
|  | alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter | 
|  | to ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating | 
|  | the alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the | 
|  | alignment may produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always | 
|  | safe. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32                               <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i> | 
|  | <a | 
|  | href="#i_store">store</a> i32 3, i32* %ptr                          <i>; yields {void}</i> | 
|  | %val = load i32* %ptr                           <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>' | 
|  | Instruction</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  store <ty> <value>, <ty>* <pointer>[, align <alignment>]                   <i>; yields {void}</i> | 
|  | volatile store <ty> <value>, <ty>* <pointer>[, align <alignment>]          <i>; yields {void}</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value | 
|  | to store and an address at which to store it.  The type of the '<tt><pointer></tt>' | 
|  | operand must be a pointer to the <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type | 
|  | of the '<tt><value></tt>' | 
|  | operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the | 
|  | optimizer is not allowed to modify the number or order of execution of | 
|  | this <tt>store</tt> with other volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a | 
|  | href="#i_store">store</a></tt> instructions.</p> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the operation | 
|  | (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an | 
|  | omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential | 
|  | alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter | 
|  | to ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating | 
|  | the alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the | 
|  | alignment may produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always | 
|  | safe. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt><value></tt>' | 
|  | at the location specified by the '<tt><pointer></tt>' operand.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32                               <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i> | 
|  | store i32 3, i32* %ptr                          <i>; yields {void}</i> | 
|  | %val = <a href="#i_load">load</a> i32* %ptr                           <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = getelementptr <pty>* <ptrval>{, <ty> <idx>}* | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a | 
|  | subelement of an aggregate data structure. It performs address calculation only | 
|  | and does not access memory.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The first argument is always a pointer, and forms the basis of the | 
|  | calculation. The remaining arguments are indices, that indicate which of the | 
|  | elements of the aggregate object are indexed. The interpretation of each index | 
|  | is dependent on the type being indexed into. The first index always indexes the | 
|  | pointer value given as the first argument, the second index indexes a value of | 
|  | the type pointed to (not necessarily the value directly pointed to, since the | 
|  | first index can be non-zero), etc. The first type indexed into must be a pointer | 
|  | value, subsequent types can be arrays, vectors and structs. Note that subsequent | 
|  | types being indexed into can never be pointers, since that would require loading | 
|  | the pointer before continuing calculation.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The type of each index argument depends on the type it is indexing into. | 
|  | When indexing into a (packed) structure, only <tt>i32</tt> integer | 
|  | <b>constants</b> are allowed.  When indexing into an array, pointer or vector, | 
|  | only integers of 32 or 64 bits are allowed (also non-constants). 32-bit values | 
|  | will be sign extended to 64-bits if required.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets | 
|  | compiled to LLVM:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | struct RT { | 
|  | char A; | 
|  | int B[10][20]; | 
|  | char C; | 
|  | }; | 
|  | struct ST { | 
|  | int X; | 
|  | double Y; | 
|  | struct RT Z; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | int *foo(struct ST *s) { | 
|  | return &s[1].Z.B[5][13]; | 
|  | } | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The LLVM code generated by the GCC frontend is:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %RT = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]], i8  } | 
|  | %ST = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i32, double, %RT } | 
|  |  | 
|  | define i32* %foo(%ST* %s) { | 
|  | entry: | 
|  | %reg = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1, i32 2, i32 1, i32 5, i32 13 | 
|  | ret i32* %reg | 
|  | } | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>In the example above, the first index is indexing into the '<tt>%ST*</tt>' | 
|  | type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ i32, double, %RT | 
|  | }</tt>' type, a structure.  The second index indexes into the third element of | 
|  | the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]], | 
|  | i8  }</tt>' type, another structure.  The third index indexes into the second | 
|  | element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x i32]]</tt>' type, an | 
|  | array.  The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an | 
|  | '<tt>i32</tt>' type.  The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a pointer | 
|  | to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>i32*</tt>' type.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a | 
|  | structure, returning a pointer to an inner element.  Because of this, | 
|  | the LLVM code for the given testcase is equivalent to:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | define i32* %foo(%ST* %s) { | 
|  | %t1 = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1                        <i>; yields %ST*:%t1</i> | 
|  | %t2 = getelementptr %ST* %t1, i32 0, i32 2                <i>; yields %RT*:%t2</i> | 
|  | %t3 = getelementptr %RT* %t2, i32 0, i32 1                <i>; yields [10 x [20 x i32]]*:%t3</i> | 
|  | %t4 = getelementptr [10 x [20 x i32]]* %t3, i32 0, i32 5  <i>; yields [20 x i32]*:%t4</i> | 
|  | %t5 = getelementptr [20 x i32]* %t4, i32 0, i32 13        <i>; yields i32*:%t5</i> | 
|  | ret i32* %t5 | 
|  | } | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Note that it is undefined to access an array out of bounds: array and | 
|  | pointer indexes must always be within the defined bounds of the array type. | 
|  | The one exception for this rule is zero length arrays.  These arrays are | 
|  | defined to be accessible as variable length arrays, which requires access | 
|  | beyond the zero'th element.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing.  For some more insight | 
|  | into how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr | 
|  | FAQ</a>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <i>; yields [12 x i8]*:aptr</i> | 
|  | %aptr = getelementptr {i32, [12 x i8]}* %saptr, i64 0, i32 1 | 
|  | <i>; yields i8*:vptr</i> | 
|  | %vptr = getelementptr {i32, <2 x i8>}* %svptr, i64 0, i32 1, i32 1 | 
|  | <i>; yields i8*:eptr</i> | 
|  | %eptr = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %aptr, i64 0, i32 1 | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="convertops">Conversion Operations</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p>The instructions in this category are the conversion instructions (casting) | 
|  | which all take a single operand and a type. They perform various bit conversions | 
|  | on the operand.</p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = trunc <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates its operand to the type <tt>ty2</tt>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to trunc, which must | 
|  | be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type that specifies the size | 
|  | and type of the result, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> | 
|  | type. The bit size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the bit size of | 
|  | <tt>ty2</tt>. Equal sized types are not allowed.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates the high order bits in <tt>value</tt> | 
|  | and converts the remaining bits to <tt>ty2</tt>. Since the source size must be | 
|  | larger than the destination size, <tt>trunc</tt> cannot be a <i>no-op cast</i>. | 
|  | It will always truncate bits.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %X = trunc i32 257 to i8              <i>; yields i8:1</i> | 
|  | %Y = trunc i32 123 to i1              <i>; yields i1:true</i> | 
|  | %Y = trunc i32 122 to i1              <i>; yields i1:false</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = zext <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction zero extends its operand to type | 
|  | <tt>ty2</tt>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of | 
|  | <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must | 
|  | also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the | 
|  | <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type, | 
|  | <tt>ty2</tt>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The <tt>zext</tt> fills the high order bits of the <tt>value</tt> with zero | 
|  | bits until it reaches the size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>When zero extending from i1, the result will always be either 0 or 1.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %X = zext i32 257 to i64              <i>; yields i64:257</i> | 
|  | %Y = zext i1 true to i32              <i>; yields i32:1</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = sext <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' sign extends <tt>value</tt> to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of | 
|  | <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must | 
|  | also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.  The bit size of the | 
|  | <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type, | 
|  | <tt>ty2</tt>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign | 
|  | bit (highest order bit) of the <tt>value</tt> until it reaches the bit size of | 
|  | the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>When sign extending from i1, the extension always results in -1 or 0.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %X = sext i8  -1 to i16              <i>; yields i16   :65535</i> | 
|  | %Y = sext i1 true to i32             <i>; yields i32:-1</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = fptrunc <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates <tt>value</tt> to type | 
|  | <tt>ty2</tt>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction takes a <a href="#t_floating">floating | 
|  | point</a> value to cast and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to | 
|  | cast it to. The size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the size of | 
|  | <tt>ty2</tt>. This implies that <tt>fptrunc</tt> cannot be used to make a | 
|  | <i>no-op cast</i>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p> The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates a <tt>value</tt> from a larger | 
|  | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a smaller | 
|  | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type.  If the value cannot fit within | 
|  | the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, then the results are undefined.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %X = fptrunc double 123.0 to float         <i>; yields float:123.0</i> | 
|  | %Y = fptrunc double 1.0E+300 to float      <i>; yields undefined</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = fpext <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' extends a floating point <tt>value</tt> to a larger | 
|  | floating point value.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction takes a | 
|  | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to cast, | 
|  | and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to cast it to. The source | 
|  | type must be smaller than the destination type.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction extends the <tt>value</tt> from a smaller | 
|  | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a larger | 
|  | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. The <tt>fpext</tt> cannot be | 
|  | used to make a <i>no-op cast</i> because it always changes bits. Use | 
|  | <tt>bitcast</tt> to make a <i>no-op cast</i> for a floating point cast.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %X = fpext float 3.1415 to double        <i>; yields double:3.1415</i> | 
|  | %Y = fpext float 1.0 to float            <i>; yields float:1.0 (no-op)</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = fptoui <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' converts a floating point <tt>value</tt> to its | 
|  | unsigned integer equivalent of type <tt>ty2</tt>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a | 
|  | scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type | 
|  | to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> | 
|  | type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a | 
|  | vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p> The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction converts its | 
|  | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding | 
|  | towards zero) unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>, | 
|  | the results are undefined.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %X = fptoui double 123.0 to i32      <i>; yields i32:123</i> | 
|  | %Y = fptoui float 1.0E+300 to i1     <i>; yields undefined:1</i> | 
|  | %X = fptoui float 1.04E+17 to i8     <i>; yields undefined:1</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = fptosi <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts | 
|  | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to type <tt>ty2</tt>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p> The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a | 
|  | scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type | 
|  | to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> | 
|  | type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a | 
|  | vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts its | 
|  | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding | 
|  | towards zero) signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>, | 
|  | the results are undefined.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %X = fptosi double -123.0 to i32      <i>; yields i32:-123</i> | 
|  | %Y = fptosi float 1.0E-247 to i1      <i>; yields undefined:1</i> | 
|  | %X = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to i8      <i>; yields undefined:1</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = uitofp <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as an unsigned | 
|  | integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a | 
|  | scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast it | 
|  | to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> | 
|  | type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector | 
|  | floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as an unsigned | 
|  | integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If | 
|  | the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %X = uitofp i32 257 to float         <i>; yields float:257.0</i> | 
|  | %Y = uitofp i8 -1 to double          <i>; yields double:255.0</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = sitofp <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as a signed | 
|  | integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a | 
|  | scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast it | 
|  | to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> | 
|  | type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector | 
|  | floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as a signed | 
|  | integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If | 
|  | the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %X = sitofp i32 257 to float         <i>; yields float:257.0</i> | 
|  | %Y = sitofp i8 -1 to double          <i>; yields double:-1.0</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = ptrtoint <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts the pointer <tt>value</tt> to | 
|  | the integer type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to cast, which | 
|  | must be a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> value, and a type to cast it to | 
|  | <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to integer type | 
|  | <tt>ty2</tt> by interpreting the pointer value as an integer and either | 
|  | truncating or zero extending that value to the size of the integer type. If | 
|  | <tt>value</tt> is smaller than <tt>ty2</tt> then a zero extension is done. If | 
|  | <tt>value</tt> is larger than <tt>ty2</tt> then a truncation is done. If they | 
|  | are the same size, then nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>) other than a type | 
|  | change.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %X = ptrtoint i32* %X to i8           <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i> | 
|  | %Y = ptrtoint i32* %x to i64          <i>; yields zero extension on 32-bit architecture</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = inttoptr <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts an integer <tt>value</tt> to | 
|  | a pointer type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction takes an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> | 
|  | value to cast, and a type to cast it to, which must be a | 
|  | <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type | 
|  | <tt>ty2</tt> by applying either a zero extension or a truncation depending on | 
|  | the size of the integer <tt>value</tt>. If <tt>value</tt> is larger than the | 
|  | size of a pointer then a truncation is done. If <tt>value</tt> is smaller than | 
|  | the size of a pointer then a zero extension is done. If they are the same size, | 
|  | nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>).</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32*          <i>; yields zero extension on 64-bit architecture</i> | 
|  | %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32*          <i>; yields no-op on 32-bit architecture</i> | 
|  | %Y = inttoptr i64 0 to i32*            <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = bitcast <ty> <value> to <ty2>             <i>; yields ty2</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type | 
|  | <tt>ty2</tt> without changing any bits.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be | 
|  | a non-aggregate first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be | 
|  | a non-aggregate <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. The bit sizes of | 
|  | <tt>value</tt> | 
|  | and the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, must be identical. If the source | 
|  | type is a pointer, the destination type must also be a pointer.  This | 
|  | instruction supports bitwise conversion of vectors to integers and to vectors | 
|  | of other types (as long as they have the same size).</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type | 
|  | <tt>ty2</tt>. It is always a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change with | 
|  | this conversion.  The conversion is done as if the <tt>value</tt> had been | 
|  | stored to memory and read back as type <tt>ty2</tt>. Pointer types may only be | 
|  | converted to other pointer types with this instruction. To convert pointers to | 
|  | other types, use the <a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a> or | 
|  | <a href="#i_ptrtoint">ptrtoint</a> instructions first.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %X = bitcast i8 255 to i8              <i>; yields i8 :-1</i> | 
|  | %Y = bitcast i32* %x to sint*          <i>; yields sint*:%x</i> | 
|  | %Z = bitcast <2 x int> %V to i64;      <i>; yields i64: %V</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="otherops">Other Operations</a> </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous" | 
|  | instructions, which defy better classification.</p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = icmp <cond> <ty> <op1>, <op2>   <i>; yields {i1} or {<N x i1>}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or | 
|  | a vector of boolean values based on comparison | 
|  | of its two integer, integer vector, or pointer operands.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is | 
|  | the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not | 
|  | a value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are: | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><tt>eq</tt>: equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ne</tt>: not equal </li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unsigned greater than</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>uge</tt>: unsigned greater or equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ult</tt>: unsigned less than</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ule</tt>: unsigned less or equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>sgt</tt>: signed greater than</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>sge</tt>: signed greater or equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>slt</tt>: signed less than</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>sle</tt>: signed less or equal</li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | <p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or | 
|  | <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> | 
|  | or integer <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> typed. | 
|  | They must also be identical types.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt> according to | 
|  | the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always | 
|  | yields either an <a href="#t_primitive"><tt>i1</tt></a> or vector of <tt>i1</tt> result, as follows: | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><tt>eq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are equal, | 
|  | <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or performed. | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ne</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are unequal, | 
|  | <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or performed.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ugt</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields | 
|  | <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>uge</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields | 
|  | <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ult</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields | 
|  | <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ule</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields | 
|  | <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>sgt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields | 
|  | <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>sge</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields | 
|  | <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>slt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields | 
|  | <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>sle</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields | 
|  | <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | <p>If the operands are <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> typed, the pointer | 
|  | values are compared as if they were integers.</p> | 
|  | <p>If the operands are integer vectors, then they are compared | 
|  | element by element. The result is an <tt>i1</tt> vector with | 
|  | the same number of elements as the values being compared. | 
|  | Otherwise, the result is an <tt>i1</tt>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = icmp eq i32 4, 5          <i>; yields: result=false</i> | 
|  | <result> = icmp ne float* %X, %X     <i>; yields: result=false</i> | 
|  | <result> = icmp ult i16  4, 5        <i>; yields: result=true</i> | 
|  | <result> = icmp sgt i16  4, 5        <i>; yields: result=false</i> | 
|  | <result> = icmp ule i16 -4, 5        <i>; yields: result=false</i> | 
|  | <result> = icmp sge i16  4, 5        <i>; yields: result=false</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with | 
|  | the <tt>icmp</tt> instruction.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = fcmp <cond> <ty> <op1>, <op2>     <i>; yields {i1} or {<N x i1>}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value | 
|  | or vector of boolean values based on comparison | 
|  | of its operands.</p> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | If the operands are floating point scalars, then the result | 
|  | type is a boolean (<a href="#t_primitive"><tt>i1</tt></a>). | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <p>If the operands are floating point vectors, then the result type | 
|  | is a vector of boolean with the same number of elements as the | 
|  | operands being compared.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is | 
|  | the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not | 
|  | a value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><tt>false</tt>: no comparison, always returns false</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>oeq</tt>: ordered and equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ogt</tt>: ordered and greater than </li> | 
|  | <li><tt>oge</tt>: ordered and greater than or equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>olt</tt>: ordered and less than </li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ole</tt>: ordered and less than or equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>one</tt>: ordered and not equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ord</tt>: ordered (no nans)</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ueq</tt>: unordered or equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unordered or greater than </li> | 
|  | <li><tt>uge</tt>: unordered or greater than or equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ult</tt>: unordered or less than </li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ule</tt>: unordered or less than or equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>une</tt>: unordered or not equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>uno</tt>: unordered (either nans)</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>true</tt>: no comparison, always returns true</li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | <p><i>Ordered</i> means that neither operand is a QNAN while | 
|  | <i>unordered</i> means that either operand may be a QNAN.</p> | 
|  | <p>Each of <tt>val1</tt> and <tt>val2</tt> arguments must be | 
|  | either a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type | 
|  | or a <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of floating point type. | 
|  | They must have identical types.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt> | 
|  | according to the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. | 
|  | If the operands are vectors, then the vectors are compared | 
|  | element by element. | 
|  | Each comparison performed | 
|  | always yields an <a href="#t_primitive">i1</a> result, as follows:</p> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><tt>false</tt>: always yields <tt>false</tt>, regardless of operands.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>oeq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and | 
|  | <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ogt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and | 
|  | <tt>op1</tt> is greather than <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>oge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and | 
|  | <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>olt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and | 
|  | <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ole</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and | 
|  | <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>one</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and | 
|  | <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ord</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ueq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or | 
|  | <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ugt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or | 
|  | <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>uge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or | 
|  | <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ult</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or | 
|  | <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ule</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or | 
|  | <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>une</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or | 
|  | <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>uno</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>true</tt>: always yields <tt>true</tt>, regardless of operands.</li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = fcmp oeq float 4.0, 5.0    <i>; yields: result=false</i> | 
|  | <result> = fcmp one float 4.0, 5.0    <i>; yields: result=true</i> | 
|  | <result> = fcmp olt float 4.0, 5.0    <i>; yields: result=true</i> | 
|  | <result> = fcmp ueq double 1.0, 2.0   <i>; yields: result=false</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with | 
|  | the <tt>fcmp</tt> instruction.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_vicmp">'<tt>vicmp</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = vicmp <cond> <ty> <op1>, <op2>   <i>; yields {ty}:result</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>vicmp</tt>' instruction returns an integer vector value based on | 
|  | element-wise comparison of its two integer vector operands.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>vicmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is | 
|  | the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not | 
|  | a value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><tt>eq</tt>: equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ne</tt>: not equal </li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unsigned greater than</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>uge</tt>: unsigned greater or equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ult</tt>: unsigned less than</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ule</tt>: unsigned less or equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>sgt</tt>: signed greater than</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>sge</tt>: signed greater or equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>slt</tt>: signed less than</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>sle</tt>: signed less or equal</li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | <p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> or | 
|  | <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> typed. They must also be identical types.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>vicmp</tt>' instruction compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt> | 
|  | according to the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison yields a | 
|  | <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> result, of | 
|  | identical type as the values being compared.  The most significant bit in each | 
|  | element is 1 if the element-wise comparison evaluates to true, and is 0 | 
|  | otherwise.  All other bits of the result are undefined.  The condition codes | 
|  | are evaluated identically to the <a href="#i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' | 
|  | instruction</a>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = vicmp eq <2 x i32> < i32 4, i32 0>, < i32 5, i32 0>   <i>; yields: result=<2 x i32> < i32 0, i32 -1 ></i> | 
|  | <result> = vicmp ult <2 x i8 > < i8 1, i8 2>, < i8 2, i8 2 >        <i>; yields: result=<2 x i8> < i8 -1, i8 0 ></i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_vfcmp">'<tt>vfcmp</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = vfcmp <cond> <ty> <op1>, <op2></pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>vfcmp</tt>' instruction returns an integer vector value based on | 
|  | element-wise comparison of its two floating point vector operands.  The output | 
|  | elements have the same width as the input elements.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>vfcmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is | 
|  | the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not | 
|  | a value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li><tt>false</tt>: no comparison, always returns false</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>oeq</tt>: ordered and equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ogt</tt>: ordered and greater than </li> | 
|  | <li><tt>oge</tt>: ordered and greater than or equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>olt</tt>: ordered and less than </li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ole</tt>: ordered and less than or equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>one</tt>: ordered and not equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ord</tt>: ordered (no nans)</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ueq</tt>: unordered or equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unordered or greater than </li> | 
|  | <li><tt>uge</tt>: unordered or greater than or equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ult</tt>: unordered or less than </li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ule</tt>: unordered or less than or equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>une</tt>: unordered or not equal</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>uno</tt>: unordered (either nans)</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>true</tt>: no comparison, always returns true</li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | <p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of | 
|  | <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> typed. They must also be identical | 
|  | types.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>vfcmp</tt>' instruction compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt> | 
|  | according to  the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison yields a | 
|  | <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> result, with | 
|  | an identical number of elements as the values being compared, and each element | 
|  | having identical with to the width of the floating point elements. The most | 
|  | significant bit in each element is 1 if the element-wise comparison evaluates to | 
|  | true, and is 0 otherwise.  All other bits of the result are undefined.  The | 
|  | condition codes are evaluated identically to the | 
|  | <a href="#i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction</a>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <i>; yields: result=<2 x i32> < i32 0, i32 -1 ></i> | 
|  | <result> = vfcmp oeq <2 x float> < float 4, float 0 >, < float 5, float 0 > | 
|  |  | 
|  | <i>; yields: result=<2 x i64> < i64 -1, i64 0 ></i> | 
|  | <result> = vfcmp ult <2 x double> < double 1, double 2 >, < double 2, double 2> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre>  <result> = phi <ty> [ <val0>, <label0>], ...<br></pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the φ node in | 
|  | the SSA graph representing the function.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The type of the incoming values is specified with the first type | 
|  | field. After this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs | 
|  | as arguments, with one pair for each predecessor basic block of the | 
|  | current block.  Only values of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> | 
|  | type may be used as the value arguments to the PHI node.  Only labels | 
|  | may be used as the label arguments.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic | 
|  | block and the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in | 
|  | a basic block.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>At runtime, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction logically takes on the value | 
|  | specified by the pair corresponding to the predecessor basic block that executed | 
|  | just prior to the current block.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | Loop:       ; Infinite loop that counts from 0 on up... | 
|  | %indvar = phi i32 [ 0, %LoopHeader ], [ %nextindvar, %Loop ] | 
|  | %nextindvar = add i32 %indvar, 1 | 
|  | br label %Loop | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = select <i>selty</i> <cond>, <ty> <val1>, <ty> <val2>             <i>; yields ty</i> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <i>selty</i> is either i1 or {<N x i1>} | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a | 
|  | condition, without branching. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires an 'i1' value or | 
|  | a vector of 'i1' values indicating the | 
|  | condition, and two values of the same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> | 
|  | type.  If the val1/val2 are vectors and | 
|  | the condition is a scalar, then entire vectors are selected, not | 
|  | individual elements. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | If the condition is an i1 and it evaluates to 1, the instruction returns the first | 
|  | value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | If the condition is a vector of i1, then the value arguments must | 
|  | be vectors of the same size, and the selection is done element | 
|  | by element. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %X = select i1 true, i8 17, i8 42          <i>; yields i8:17</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Note that the code generator does not yet support conditions | 
|  | with vector type.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <result> = [tail] call [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] <ty> [<fnty>*] <fnptrval>(<function args>) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>] | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction represents a simple function call.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li> | 
|  | <p>The optional "tail" marker indicates whether the callee function accesses | 
|  | any allocas or varargs in the caller.  If the "tail" marker is present, the | 
|  | function call is eligible for tail call optimization.  Note that calls may | 
|  | be marked "tail" even if they do not occur before a <a | 
|  | href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction.</p> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li> | 
|  | <p>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling | 
|  | convention</a> the call should use.  If none is specified, the call defaults | 
|  | to using C calling conventions.</p> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <li> | 
|  | <p>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for | 
|  | return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', | 
|  | and '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</p> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <li> | 
|  | <p>'<tt>ty</tt>': the type of the call instruction itself which is also | 
|  | the type of the return value.  Functions that return no value are marked | 
|  | <tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>.</p> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li> | 
|  | <p>'<tt>fnty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function | 
|  | value being invoked.  The argument types must match the types implied by | 
|  | this signature.  This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs | 
|  | and if the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</p> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li> | 
|  | <p>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to | 
|  | be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but | 
|  | indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer | 
|  | to function value.</p> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li> | 
|  | <p>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the | 
|  | function signature argument types. All arguments must be of | 
|  | <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function signature | 
|  | indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra | 
|  | arguments can be specified.</p> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | <li> | 
|  | <p>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only | 
|  | '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and | 
|  | '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</p> | 
|  | </li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to | 
|  | transfer to a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to | 
|  | the specified values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' | 
|  | instruction in the called function, control flow continues with the | 
|  | instruction after the function call, and the return value of the | 
|  | function is bound to the result argument.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %retval = call i32 @test(i32 %argc) | 
|  | call i32 (i8 *, ...)* @printf(i8 * %msg, i32 12, i8 42)      <i>; yields i32</i> | 
|  | %X = tail call i32 @foo()                                    <i>; yields i32</i> | 
|  | %Y = tail call <a href="#callingconv">fastcc</a> i32 @foo()  <i>; yields i32</i> | 
|  | call void %foo(i8 97 signext) | 
|  |  | 
|  | %struct.A = type { i32, i8 } | 
|  | %r = call %struct.A @foo()                        <i>; yields { 32, i8 }</i> | 
|  | %gr = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 0                <i>; yields i32</i> | 
|  | %gr1 = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 1               <i>; yields i8</i> | 
|  | %Z = call void @foo() noreturn                    <i>; indicates that %foo never returns normally</i> | 
|  | %ZZ = call zeroext i32 @bar()                     <i>; Return value is %zero extended</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | <resultval> = va_arg <va_list*> <arglist>, <argty> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction is used to access arguments passed through | 
|  | the "variable argument" area of a function call.  It is used to implement the | 
|  | <tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of | 
|  | the argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and | 
|  | increments the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument.  The | 
|  | actual type of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified | 
|  | type from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the | 
|  | <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument.  For more information, | 
|  | see the variable argument handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic | 
|  | Functions</a>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does not | 
|  | take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt> | 
|  | function.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of an <a | 
|  | href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an | 
|  | argument.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>See the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument processing</a> section.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support va_arg | 
|  | on many targets. Also, it does not currently support va_arg with | 
|  | aggregate types on any target.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_section"> <a name="intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> </div> | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function".  These functions have | 
|  | well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain restrictions. | 
|  | Overall, these intrinsics represent an extension mechanism for the LLVM | 
|  | language that does not require changing all of the transformations in LLVM when | 
|  | adding to the language (or the bitcode reader/writer, the parser, etc...).</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Intrinsic function names must all start with an "<tt>llvm.</tt>" prefix. This | 
|  | prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, function names may not | 
|  | begin with this prefix.  Intrinsic functions must always be external functions: | 
|  | you cannot define the body of intrinsic functions.  Intrinsic functions may | 
|  | only be used in call or invoke instructions: it is illegal to take the address | 
|  | of an intrinsic function.  Additionally, because intrinsic functions are part | 
|  | of the LLVM language, it is required if any are added that they be documented | 
|  | here.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Some intrinsic functions can be overloaded, i.e., the intrinsic represents | 
|  | a family of functions that perform the same operation but on different data | 
|  | types. Because LLVM can represent over 8 million different integer types, | 
|  | overloading is used commonly to allow an intrinsic function to operate on any | 
|  | integer type. One or more of the argument types or the result type can be | 
|  | overloaded to accept any integer type. Argument types may also be defined as | 
|  | exactly matching a previous argument's type or the result type. This allows an | 
|  | intrinsic function which accepts multiple arguments, but needs all of them to | 
|  | be of the same type, to only be overloaded with respect to a single argument or | 
|  | the result.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Overloaded intrinsics will have the names of its overloaded argument types | 
|  | encoded into its function name, each preceded by a period. Only those types | 
|  | which are overloaded result in a name suffix. Arguments whose type is matched | 
|  | against another type do not. For example, the <tt>llvm.ctpop</tt> function can | 
|  | take an integer of any width and returns an integer of exactly the same integer | 
|  | width. This leads to a family of functions such as | 
|  | <tt>i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 %val)</tt> and <tt>i29 @llvm.ctpop.i29(i29 %val)</tt>. | 
|  | Only one type, the return type, is overloaded, and only one type suffix is | 
|  | required. Because the argument's type is matched against the return type, it | 
|  | does not require its own name suffix.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the | 
|  | <a href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with the <a | 
|  | href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three | 
|  | intrinsic functions.  These functions are related to the similarly | 
|  | named macros defined in the <tt><stdarg.h></tt> header file.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a | 
|  | target-specific value type "<tt>va_list</tt>".  The LLVM assembly | 
|  | language reference manual does not define what this type is, so all | 
|  | transformations should be prepared to handle these functions regardless of | 
|  | the type used.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>This example shows how the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> | 
|  | instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are | 
|  | used.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_code"> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | define i32 @test(i32 %X, ...) { | 
|  | ; Initialize variable argument processing | 
|  | %ap = alloca i8* | 
|  | %ap2 = bitcast i8** %ap to i8* | 
|  | call void @llvm.va_start(i8* %ap2) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ; Read a single integer argument | 
|  | %tmp = va_arg i8** %ap, i32 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ; Demonstrate usage of llvm.va_copy and llvm.va_end | 
|  | %aq = alloca i8* | 
|  | %aq2 = bitcast i8** %aq to i8* | 
|  | call void @llvm.va_copy(i8* %aq2, i8* %ap2) | 
|  | call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %aq2) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ; Stop processing of arguments. | 
|  | call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %ap2) | 
|  | ret i32 %tmp | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | declare void @llvm.va_start(i8*) | 
|  | declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8*, i8*) | 
|  | declare void @llvm.va_end(i8*) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  declare void %llvm.va_start(i8* <arglist>)<br></pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes | 
|  | <tt>*<arglist></tt> for subsequent use by <tt><a | 
|  | href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_start</tt> | 
|  | macro available in C.  In a target-dependent way, it initializes the | 
|  | <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points, so that the next call to | 
|  | <tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to the function. | 
|  | Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not need to know the | 
|  | last argument of the function as the compiler can figure that out.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre>  declare void @llvm.va_end(i8* <arglist>)<br></pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic destroys <tt>*<arglist></tt>, | 
|  | which has been initialized previously with <tt><a href="#int_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt> | 
|  | or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> to destroy.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_end</tt> | 
|  | macro available in C.  In a target-dependent way, it destroys the | 
|  | <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points.  Calls to <a | 
|  | href="#int_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a> and <a href="#int_va_copy"> | 
|  | <tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly with calls to | 
|  | <tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8* <destarglist>, i8* <srcarglist>) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic copies the current argument position | 
|  | from the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The first argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize. | 
|  | The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy from.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_copy</tt> | 
|  | macro available in C.  In a target-dependent way, it copies the source | 
|  | <tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination <tt>va_list</tt> element.  This | 
|  | intrinsic is necessary because the <tt><a href="#int_va_start"> | 
|  | llvm.va_start</a></tt> intrinsic may be arbitrarily complex and require, for | 
|  | example, memory allocation.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage | 
|  | Collection</a> (GC) requires the implementation and generation of these | 
|  | intrinsics. | 
|  | These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#int_gcroot">GC roots on the | 
|  | stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that require <a | 
|  | href="#int_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#int_gcwrite">write</a> barriers. | 
|  | Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate these | 
|  | intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors.  For more details, see <a | 
|  | href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with LLVM</a>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The garbage collection intrinsics only operate on objects in the generic | 
|  | address space (address space zero).</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare void @llvm.gcroot(i8** %ptrloc, i8* %metadata) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to | 
|  | the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains the | 
|  | root pointer.  The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a global | 
|  | value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the root.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>At runtime, a call to this intrinsic stores a null pointer into the "ptrloc" | 
|  | location.  At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow | 
|  | the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points. The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' | 
|  | intrinsic may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC | 
|  | algorithm</a>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8* @llvm.gcread(i8* %ObjPtr, i8** %Ptr) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap | 
|  | locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read | 
|  | barriers.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an address | 
|  | allocated from the garbage collector.  The first object is a pointer to the | 
|  | start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise | 
|  | null).</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load | 
|  | instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the | 
|  | garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic | 
|  | may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC | 
|  | algorithm</a>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare void @llvm.gcwrite(i8* %P1, i8* %Obj, i8** %P2) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap | 
|  | locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write | 
|  | barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of the | 
|  | object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to | 
|  | store to.  If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may be | 
|  | null.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store | 
|  | instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the | 
|  | garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic | 
|  | may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC | 
|  | algorithm</a>.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may only | 
|  | be implemented with code generator support. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8  *@llvm.returnaddress(i32 <level>) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to compute a | 
|  | target-specific value indicating the return address of the current function | 
|  | or one of its callers. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address | 
|  | for.  Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc.  The | 
|  | argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer indicating | 
|  | the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it cannot be | 
|  | identified.  The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be incorrect or 0 | 
|  | for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for debugging purposes. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other | 
|  | aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the obvious | 
|  | source-language caller. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 *@llvm.frameaddress(i32 <level>) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to return the | 
|  | target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame | 
|  | pointer for.  Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, | 
|  | etc.  The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer indicating | 
|  | the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it cannot be | 
|  | identified.  The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be incorrect or 0 | 
|  | for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for debugging purposes. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other | 
|  | aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the obvious | 
|  | source-language caller. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 *@llvm.stacksave() | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state of | 
|  | the function stack, for use with <a href="#int_stackrestore"> | 
|  | <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>.  This is useful for implementing language | 
|  | features like scoped automatic variable sized arrays in C99. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed to <a | 
|  | href="#int_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>.  When an | 
|  | <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved from | 
|  | <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack to the | 
|  | state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed.  In | 
|  | practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the stack | 
|  | that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare void @llvm.stackrestore(i8 * %ptr) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of | 
|  | the function stack to the state it was in when the corresponding <a | 
|  | href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic executed.  This is | 
|  | useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable sized | 
|  | arrays in C99. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | See the description for <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare void @llvm.prefetch(i8* <address>, i32 <rw>, i32 <locality>) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to insert | 
|  | a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop.  Prefetches have | 
|  | no | 
|  | effect on the behavior of the program but can change its performance | 
|  | characteristics. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | <tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the specifier | 
|  | determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1), and | 
|  | <tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no | 
|  | locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache.  The <tt>rw</tt> and | 
|  | <tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program.  In particular, | 
|  | prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value.  On targets that support this | 
|  | intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for better | 
|  | performance. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare void @llvm.pcmarker(i32 <id>) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program Counter | 
|  | (PC) in a region of | 
|  | code to simulators and other tools.  The method is target specific, but it is | 
|  | expected that the marker will use exported symbols to transmit the PC of the | 
|  | marker. | 
|  | The marker makes no guarantees that it will remain with any specific instruction | 
|  | after optimizations.  It is possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit | 
|  | optimizations.  The intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow | 
|  | correlations of simulation runs. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | <tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program.  Backends that do not | 
|  | support this intrinisic may ignore it. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.readcyclecounter( ) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle | 
|  | counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those targets | 
|  | that support it.  On X86, it should map to RDTSC.  On Alpha, it should map to RPCC. | 
|  | As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order of 9 seconds on alpha), this | 
|  | should only be used for small timings. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any memory. | 
|  | Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific value or a | 
|  | system wide value.  On backends without support, this is lowered to a constant 0. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions. | 
|  | These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about the | 
|  | alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing opportunity | 
|  | for more efficient code generation. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memcpy on any integer bit | 
|  | width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare void @llvm.memcpy.i8(i8 * <dest>, i8 * <src>, | 
|  | i8 <len>, i32 <align>) | 
|  | declare void @llvm.memcpy.i16(i8 * <dest>, i8 * <src>, | 
|  | i16 <len>, i32 <align>) | 
|  | declare void @llvm.memcpy.i32(i8 * <dest>, i8 * <src>, | 
|  | i32 <len>, i32 <align>) | 
|  | declare void @llvm.memcpy.i64(i8 * <dest>, i8 * <src>, | 
|  | i64 <len>, i32 <align>) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source | 
|  | location to the destination location. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt> | 
|  | intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer to | 
|  | the source.  The third argument is an integer argument | 
|  | specifying the number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment | 
|  | of the source and destination locations. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then | 
|  | the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are aligned | 
|  | to that boundary. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source | 
|  | location to the destination location, which are not allowed to overlap.  It | 
|  | copies "len" bytes of memory over.  If the argument is known to be aligned to | 
|  | some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should | 
|  | be set to 0 or 1. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memmove on any integer bit | 
|  | width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare void @llvm.memmove.i8(i8 * <dest>, i8 * <src>, | 
|  | i8 <len>, i32 <align>) | 
|  | declare void @llvm.memmove.i16(i8 * <dest>, i8 * <src>, | 
|  | i16 <len>, i32 <align>) | 
|  | declare void @llvm.memmove.i32(i8 * <dest>, i8 * <src>, | 
|  | i32 <len>, i32 <align>) | 
|  | declare void @llvm.memmove.i64(i8 * <dest>, i8 * <src>, | 
|  | i64 <len>, i32 <align>) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the source | 
|  | location to the destination location. It is similar to the | 
|  | '<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to overlap. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt> | 
|  | intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer to | 
|  | the source.  The third argument is an integer argument | 
|  | specifying the number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment | 
|  | of the source and destination locations. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then | 
|  | the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are aligned to | 
|  | that boundary. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source | 
|  | location to the destination location, which may overlap.  It | 
|  | copies "len" bytes of memory over.  If the argument is known to be aligned to | 
|  | some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should | 
|  | be set to 0 or 1. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memset on any integer bit | 
|  | width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare void @llvm.memset.i8(i8 * <dest>, i8 <val>, | 
|  | i8 <len>, i32 <align>) | 
|  | declare void @llvm.memset.i16(i8 * <dest>, i8 <val>, | 
|  | i16 <len>, i32 <align>) | 
|  | declare void @llvm.memset.i32(i8 * <dest>, i8 <val>, | 
|  | i32 <len>, i32 <align>) | 
|  | declare void @llvm.memset.i64(i8 * <dest>, i8 <val>, | 
|  | i64 <len>, i32 <align>) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a particular | 
|  | byte value. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt> intrinsic | 
|  | does not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the | 
|  | byte value to fill it with, the third argument is an integer | 
|  | argument specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the | 
|  | known alignment of destination location. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then | 
|  | the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that boundary. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting at | 
|  | the | 
|  | destination location.  If the argument is known to be aligned to some boundary, | 
|  | this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should be set to 0 or | 
|  | 1. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> on any | 
|  | floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all | 
|  | types however.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare float     @llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val) | 
|  | declare double    @llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val) | 
|  | declare x86_fp80  @llvm.sqrt.f80(x86_fp80 %Val) | 
|  | declare fp128     @llvm.sqrt.f128(fp128 %Val) | 
|  | declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sqrt.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand, | 
|  | returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' functions would.  Unlike | 
|  | <tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined behavior for | 
|  | negative numbers other than -0.0 (which allows for better optimization, because | 
|  | there is no need to worry about errno being set).  <tt>llvm.sqrt(-0.0)</tt> is | 
|  | defined to return -0.0 like IEEE sqrt. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same type. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a nonnegative | 
|  | floating point number. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.powi</tt> on any | 
|  | floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all | 
|  | types however.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare float     @llvm.powi.f32(float  %Val, i32 %power) | 
|  | declare double    @llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, i32 %power) | 
|  | declare x86_fp80  @llvm.powi.f80(x86_fp80  %Val, i32 %power) | 
|  | declare fp128     @llvm.powi.f128(fp128 %Val, i32 %power) | 
|  | declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.powi.ppcf128(ppc_fp128  %Val, i32 %power) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the | 
|  | specified (positive or negative) power.  The order of evaluation of | 
|  | multiplications is not defined.  When a vector of floating point type is | 
|  | used, the second argument remains a scalar integer value. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to | 
|  | that power. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an | 
|  | unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sin</tt> on any | 
|  | floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all | 
|  | types however.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare float     @llvm.sin.f32(float  %Val) | 
|  | declare double    @llvm.sin.f64(double %Val) | 
|  | declare x86_fp80  @llvm.sin.f80(x86_fp80  %Val) | 
|  | declare fp128     @llvm.sin.f128(fp128 %Val) | 
|  | declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sin.ppcf128(ppc_fp128  %Val) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' intrinsics return the sine of the operand. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same type. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This function returns the sine of the specified operand, returning the | 
|  | same values as the libm <tt>sin</tt> functions would, and handles error | 
|  | conditions in the same way.</p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cos</tt> on any | 
|  | floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all | 
|  | types however.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare float     @llvm.cos.f32(float  %Val) | 
|  | declare double    @llvm.cos.f64(double %Val) | 
|  | declare x86_fp80  @llvm.cos.f80(x86_fp80  %Val) | 
|  | declare fp128     @llvm.cos.f128(fp128 %Val) | 
|  | declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.cos.ppcf128(ppc_fp128  %Val) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' intrinsics return the cosine of the operand. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same type. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This function returns the cosine of the specified operand, returning the | 
|  | same values as the libm <tt>cos</tt> functions would, and handles error | 
|  | conditions in the same way.</p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.pow</tt> on any | 
|  | floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all | 
|  | types however.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare float     @llvm.pow.f32(float  %Val, float %Power) | 
|  | declare double    @llvm.pow.f64(double %Val, double %Power) | 
|  | declare x86_fp80  @llvm.pow.f80(x86_fp80  %Val, x86_fp80 %Power) | 
|  | declare fp128     @llvm.pow.f128(fp128 %Val, fp128 %Power) | 
|  | declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.pow.ppcf128(ppc_fp128  %Val, ppc_fp128 Power) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the | 
|  | specified (positive or negative) power. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The second argument is a floating point power, and the first is a value to | 
|  | raise to that power. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This function returns the first value raised to the second power, | 
|  | returning the | 
|  | same values as the libm <tt>pow</tt> functions would, and handles error | 
|  | conditions in the same way.</p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations. | 
|  | These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p>This is an overloaded intrinsic function. You can use bswap on any integer | 
|  | type that is an even number of bytes (i.e. BitWidth % 16 == 0).</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i16 @llvm.bswap.i16(i16 <id>) | 
|  | declare i32 @llvm.bswap.i32(i32 <id>) | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.bswap.i64(i64 <id>) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.bswap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byte swap integer | 
|  | values with an even number of bytes (positive multiple of 16 bits).  These are | 
|  | useful for performing operations on data that is not in the target's native | 
|  | byte order. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The <tt>llvm.bswap.i16</tt> intrinsic returns an i16 value that has the high | 
|  | and low byte of the input i16 swapped.  Similarly, the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt> | 
|  | intrinsic returns an i32 value that has the four bytes of the input i32 | 
|  | swapped, so that if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1, 2, 3 then the returned | 
|  | i32 will have its bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order.  The <tt>llvm.bswap.i48</tt>, | 
|  | <tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt> and other intrinsics extend this concept to | 
|  | additional even-byte lengths (6 bytes, 8 bytes and more, respectively). | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.ctpop on any integer bit | 
|  | width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8 (i8  <src>) | 
|  | declare i16 @llvm.ctpop.i16(i16 <src>) | 
|  | declare i32 @llvm.ctpop.i32(i32 <src>) | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.ctpop.i64(i64 <src>) | 
|  | declare i256 @llvm.ctpop.i256(i256 <src>) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set in a | 
|  | value. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The only argument is the value to be counted.  The argument may be of any | 
|  | integer type.  The return type must match the argument type. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ctlz</tt> on any | 
|  | integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 @llvm.ctlz.i8 (i8  <src>) | 
|  | declare i16 @llvm.ctlz.i16(i16 <src>) | 
|  | declare i32 @llvm.ctlz.i32(i32 <src>) | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.ctlz.i64(i64 <src>) | 
|  | declare i256 @llvm.ctlz.i256(i256 <src>) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of | 
|  | leading zeros in a variable. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The only argument is the value to be counted.  The argument may be of any | 
|  | integer type. The return type must match the argument type. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant) zeros | 
|  | in a variable.  If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of the type | 
|  | of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(i32 2) = 30</tt>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cttz</tt> on any | 
|  | integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 @llvm.cttz.i8 (i8  <src>) | 
|  | declare i16 @llvm.cttz.i16(i16 <src>) | 
|  | declare i32 @llvm.cttz.i32(i32 <src>) | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 <src>) | 
|  | declare i256 @llvm.cttz.i256(i256 <src>) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of | 
|  | trailing zeros. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The only argument is the value to be counted.  The argument may be of any | 
|  | integer type.  The return type must match the argument type. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant) zeros | 
|  | in a variable.  If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of the type | 
|  | of src.  For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_part_select">'<tt>llvm.part.select.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.part.select</tt> | 
|  | on any integer bit width.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i17 @llvm.part.select.i17 (i17 %val, i32 %loBit, i32 %hiBit) | 
|  | declare i29 @llvm.part.select.i29 (i29 %val, i32 %loBit, i32 %hiBit) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>llvm.part.select</tt>' family of intrinsic functions selects a | 
|  | range of bits from an integer value and returns them in the same bit width as | 
|  | the original value.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The first argument, <tt>%val</tt> and the result may be integer types of | 
|  | any bit width but they must have the same bit width. The second and third | 
|  | arguments must be <tt>i32</tt> type since they specify only a bit index.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The operation of the '<tt>llvm.part.select</tt>' intrinsic has two modes | 
|  | of operation: forwards and reverse. If <tt>%loBit</tt> is greater than | 
|  | <tt>%hiBits</tt> then the intrinsic operates in reverse mode. Otherwise it | 
|  | operates in forward mode.</p> | 
|  | <p>In forward mode, this intrinsic is the equivalent of shifting <tt>%val</tt> | 
|  | right by <tt>%loBit</tt> bits and then ANDing it with a mask with | 
|  | only the <tt>%hiBit - %loBit</tt> bits set, as follows:</p> | 
|  | <ol> | 
|  | <li>The <tt>%val</tt> is shifted right (LSHR) by the number of bits specified | 
|  | by <tt>%loBits</tt>. This normalizes the value to the low order bits.</li> | 
|  | <li>The <tt>%loBits</tt> value is subtracted from the <tt>%hiBits</tt> value | 
|  | to determine the number of bits to retain.</li> | 
|  | <li>A mask of the retained bits is created by shifting a -1 value.</li> | 
|  | <li>The mask is ANDed with <tt>%val</tt> to produce the result.</li> | 
|  | </ol> | 
|  | <p>In reverse mode, a similar computation is made except that the bits are | 
|  | returned in the reverse order. So, for example, if <tt>X</tt> has the value | 
|  | <tt>i16 0x0ACF (101011001111)</tt> and we apply | 
|  | <tt>part.select(i16 X, 8, 3)</tt> to it, we get back the value | 
|  | <tt>i16 0x0026 (000000100110)</tt>.</p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_part_set">'<tt>llvm.part.set.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.part.set</tt> | 
|  | on any integer bit width.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i17 @llvm.part.set.i17.i9 (i17 %val, i9 %repl, i32 %lo, i32 %hi) | 
|  | declare i29 @llvm.part.set.i29.i9 (i29 %val, i9 %repl, i32 %lo, i32 %hi) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The '<tt>llvm.part.set</tt>' family of intrinsic functions replaces a range | 
|  | of bits in an integer value with another integer value. It returns the integer | 
|  | with the replaced bits.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The first argument, <tt>%val</tt> and the result may be integer types of | 
|  | any bit width but they must have the same bit width. <tt>%val</tt> is the value | 
|  | whose bits will be replaced.  The second argument, <tt>%repl</tt> may be an | 
|  | integer of any bit width. The third and fourth arguments must be <tt>i32</tt> | 
|  | type since they specify only a bit index.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p>The operation of the '<tt>llvm.part.set</tt>' intrinsic has two modes | 
|  | of operation: forwards and reverse. If <tt>%lo</tt> is greater than | 
|  | <tt>%hi</tt> then the intrinsic operates in reverse mode. Otherwise it | 
|  | operates in forward mode.</p> | 
|  | <p>For both modes, the <tt>%repl</tt> value is prepared for use by either | 
|  | truncating it down to the size of the replacement area or zero extending it | 
|  | up to that size.</p> | 
|  | <p>In forward mode, the bits between <tt>%lo</tt> and <tt>%hi</tt> (inclusive) | 
|  | are replaced with corresponding bits from <tt>%repl</tt>. That is the 0th bit | 
|  | in <tt>%repl</tt> replaces the <tt>%lo</tt>th bit in <tt>%val</tt> and etc. up | 
|  | to the <tt>%hi</tt>th bit.</p> | 
|  | <p>In reverse mode, a similar computation is made except that the bits are | 
|  | reversed.  That is, the <tt>0</tt>th bit in <tt>%repl</tt> replaces the | 
|  | <tt>%hi</tt> bit in <tt>%val</tt> and etc. down to the <tt>%lo</tt>th bit.</p> | 
|  | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | llvm.part.set(0xFFFF, 0, 4, 7) -> 0xFF0F | 
|  | llvm.part.set(0xFFFF, 0, 7, 4) -> 0xFF0F | 
|  | llvm.part.set(0xFFFF, 1, 7, 4) -> 0xFF8F | 
|  | llvm.part.set(0xFFFF, F, 8, 3) -> 0xFFE7 | 
|  | llvm.part.set(0xFFFF, 0, 3, 8) -> 0xFE07 | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt> prefix), | 
|  | are described in the <a | 
|  | href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source Level | 
|  | Debugging</a> document. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_eh">Exception Handling Intrinsics</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p> The LLVM exception handling intrinsics (which all start with | 
|  | <tt>llvm.eh.</tt> prefix), are described in the <a | 
|  | href="ExceptionHandling.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Exception | 
|  | Handling</a> document. </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This intrinsic makes it possible to excise one parameter, marked with | 
|  | the <tt>nest</tt> attribute, from a function.  The result is a callable | 
|  | function pointer lacking the nest parameter - the caller does not need | 
|  | to provide a value for it.  Instead, the value to use is stored in | 
|  | advance in a "trampoline", a block of memory usually allocated | 
|  | on the stack, which also contains code to splice the nest value into the | 
|  | argument list.  This is used to implement the GCC nested function address | 
|  | extension. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | For example, if the function is | 
|  | <tt>i32 f(i8* nest  %c, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> then the resulting function | 
|  | pointer has signature <tt>i32 (i32, i32)*</tt>.  It can be created as follows:</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %tramp = alloca [10 x i8], align 4 ; size and alignment only correct for X86 | 
|  | %tramp1 = getelementptr [10 x i8]* %tramp, i32 0, i32 0 | 
|  | %p = call i8* @llvm.init.trampoline( i8* %tramp1, i8* bitcast (i32 (i8* nest , i32, i32)* @f to i8*), i8* %nval ) | 
|  | %fp = bitcast i8* %p to i32 (i32, i32)* | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <p>The call <tt>%val = call i32 %fp( i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt> is then equivalent | 
|  | to <tt>%val = call i32 %f( i8* %nval, i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt>.</p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* <tramp>, i8* <func>, i8* <nval>) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This fills the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> with code | 
|  | and returns a function pointer suitable for executing it. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments, all | 
|  | pointers.  The <tt>tramp</tt> argument must point to a sufficiently large | 
|  | and sufficiently aligned block of memory; this memory is written to by the | 
|  | intrinsic.  Note that the size and the alignment are target-specific - LLVM | 
|  | currently provides no portable way of determining them, so a front-end that | 
|  | generates this intrinsic needs to have some target-specific knowledge. | 
|  | The <tt>func</tt> argument must hold a function bitcast to an <tt>i8*</tt>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The block of memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is filled with target | 
|  | dependent code, turning it into a function.  A pointer to this function is | 
|  | returned, but needs to be bitcast to an | 
|  | <a href="#int_trampoline">appropriate function pointer type</a> | 
|  | before being called.  The new function's signature is the same as that of | 
|  | <tt>func</tt> with any arguments marked with the <tt>nest</tt> attribute | 
|  | removed.  At most one such <tt>nest</tt> argument is allowed, and it must be | 
|  | of pointer type.  Calling the new function is equivalent to calling | 
|  | <tt>func</tt> with the same argument list, but with <tt>nval</tt> used for the | 
|  | missing <tt>nest</tt> argument.  If, after calling | 
|  | <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>, the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is | 
|  | modified, then the effect of any later call to the returned function pointer is | 
|  | undefined. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_atomics">Atomic Operations and Synchronization Intrinsics</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | These intrinsic functions expand the "universal IR" of LLVM to represent | 
|  | hardware constructs for atomic operations and memory synchronization.  This | 
|  | provides an interface to the hardware, not an interface to the programmer. It | 
|  | is aimed at a low enough level to allow any programming models or APIs | 
|  | (Application Programming Interfaces) which | 
|  | need atomic behaviors to map cleanly onto it. It is also modeled primarily on | 
|  | hardware behavior. Just as hardware provides a "universal IR" for source | 
|  | languages, it also provides a starting point for developing a "universal" | 
|  | atomic operation and synchronization IR. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | These do <em>not</em> form an API such as high-level threading libraries, | 
|  | software transaction memory systems, atomic primitives, and intrinsic | 
|  | functions as found in BSD, GNU libc, atomic_ops, APR, and other system and | 
|  | application libraries.  The hardware interface provided by LLVM should allow | 
|  | a clean implementation of all of these APIs and parallel programming models. | 
|  | No one model or paradigm should be selected above others unless the hardware | 
|  | itself ubiquitously does so. | 
|  |  | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_memory_barrier">'<tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 <ll>, i1 <ls>, i1 <sl>, i1 <ss>, | 
|  | i1 <device> ) | 
|  |  | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic guarantees ordering between | 
|  | specific pairs of memory access types. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic requires five boolean arguments. | 
|  | The first four arguments enables a specific barrier as listed below.  The fith | 
|  | argument specifies that the barrier applies to io or device or uncached memory. | 
|  |  | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <ul> | 
|  | <li><tt>ll</tt>: load-load barrier</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ls</tt>: load-store barrier</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>sl</tt>: store-load barrier</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ss</tt>: store-store barrier</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>device</tt>: barrier applies to device and uncached memory also.</li> | 
|  | </ul> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This intrinsic causes the system to enforce some ordering constraints upon | 
|  | the loads and stores of the program. This barrier does not indicate | 
|  | <em>when</em> any events will occur, it only enforces an <em>order</em> in | 
|  | which they occur. For any of the specified pairs of load and store operations | 
|  | (f.ex.  load-load, or store-load), all of the first operations preceding the | 
|  | barrier will complete before any of the second operations succeeding the | 
|  | barrier begin. Specifically the semantics for each pairing is as follows: | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <ul> | 
|  | <li><tt>ll</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any load | 
|  | after the barrier begins.</li> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <li><tt>ls</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any | 
|  | store after the barrier begins.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>ss</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any | 
|  | store after the barrier begins.</li> | 
|  | <li><tt>sl</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any | 
|  | load after the barrier begins.</li> | 
|  | </ul> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | These semantics are applied with a logical "and" behavior when more than  one | 
|  | is enabled in a single memory barrier intrinsic. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | Backends may implement stronger barriers than those requested when they do not | 
|  | support as fine grained a barrier as requested.  Some architectures do not | 
|  | need all types of barriers and on such architectures, these become noops. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Example:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %ptr      = malloc i32 | 
|  | store i32 4, %ptr | 
|  |  | 
|  | %result1  = load i32* %ptr      <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i> | 
|  | call void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 false, i1 true, i1 false, i1 false ) | 
|  | <i>; guarantee the above finishes</i> | 
|  | store i32 8, %ptr   <i>; before this begins</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_atomic_cmp_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> on | 
|  | any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets | 
|  | support all bit widths however.</p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <cmp>, i8 <val> ) | 
|  | declare i16 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <cmp>, i16 <val> ) | 
|  | declare i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <cmp>, i32 <val> ) | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <cmp>, i64 <val> ) | 
|  |  | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This loads a value in memory and compares it to a given value. If they are | 
|  | equal, it stores a new value into the memory. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments. The result as | 
|  | well as both <tt>cmp</tt> and <tt>val</tt> must be integer values with the | 
|  | same bit width. The <tt>ptr</tt> argument must be a pointer to a value of | 
|  | this integer type. While any bit width integer may be used, targets may only | 
|  | lower representations they support in hardware. | 
|  |  | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This entire intrinsic must be executed atomically. It first loads the value | 
|  | in memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> and compares it with the value | 
|  | <tt>cmp</tt>. If they are equal, <tt>val</tt> is stored into the memory. The | 
|  | loaded value is yielded in all cases. This provides the equivalent of an | 
|  | atomic compare-and-swap operation within the SSA framework. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %ptr      = malloc i32 | 
|  | store i32 4, %ptr | 
|  |  | 
|  | %val1     = add i32 4, 4 | 
|  | %result1  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4, %val1 ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i> | 
|  | %stored1  = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4       <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i> | 
|  | %memval1  = load i32* %ptr                <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i> | 
|  |  | 
|  | %val2     = add i32 1, 1 | 
|  | %result2  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5, %val2 ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i> | 
|  | %stored2  = icmp eq i32 %result2, 5       <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = false</i> | 
|  |  | 
|  | %memval2  = load i32* %ptr                <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 8</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_atomic_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> on any | 
|  | integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 @llvm.atomic.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <val> ) | 
|  | declare i16 @llvm.atomic.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <val> ) | 
|  | declare i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <val> ) | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.atomic.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <val> ) | 
|  |  | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This intrinsic loads the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt> and yields | 
|  | the value from memory. It then stores the value in <tt>val</tt> in the memory | 
|  | at <tt>ptr</tt>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. Both the | 
|  | <tt>val</tt> argument and the result must be integers of the same bit width. | 
|  | The first argument, <tt>ptr</tt>, must be a pointer to a value of this | 
|  | integer type. The targets may only lower integer representations they | 
|  | support. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This intrinsic loads the value pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt>, yields it, and | 
|  | stores <tt>val</tt> back into <tt>ptr</tt> atomically. This provides the | 
|  | equivalent of an atomic swap operation within the SSA framework. | 
|  |  | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %ptr      = malloc i32 | 
|  | store i32 4, %ptr | 
|  |  | 
|  | %val1     = add i32 4, 4 | 
|  | %result1  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val1 ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i> | 
|  | %stored1  = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4     <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i> | 
|  | %memval1  = load i32* %ptr              <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i> | 
|  |  | 
|  | %val2     = add i32 1, 1 | 
|  | %result2  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val2 ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i> | 
|  |  | 
|  | %stored2  = icmp eq i32 %result2, 8     <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = true</i> | 
|  | %memval2  = load i32* %ptr              <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 2</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_atomic_load_add">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.add.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt> on any | 
|  | integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i8..p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i16..p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32..p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i64..p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> ) | 
|  |  | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This intrinsic adds <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory at | 
|  | <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value | 
|  | and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These | 
|  | integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit | 
|  | width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the | 
|  | value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then adds <tt>delta</tt>, stores the result | 
|  | to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %ptr      = malloc i32 | 
|  | store i32 4, %ptr | 
|  | %result1  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i> | 
|  | %result2  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i> | 
|  | %result3  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 10</i> | 
|  | %memval1  = load i32* %ptr      <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 15</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_atomic_load_sub">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt> on | 
|  | any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets | 
|  | support all bit widths however.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i8.p0i32( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i16.p0i32( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i64.p0i32( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> ) | 
|  |  | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This intrinsic subtracts <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory at | 
|  | <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value | 
|  | and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These | 
|  | integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit | 
|  | width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the | 
|  | value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then subtracts <tt>delta</tt>, stores the | 
|  | result to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %ptr      = malloc i32 | 
|  | store i32 8, %ptr | 
|  | %result1  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 8</i> | 
|  | %result2  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 4</i> | 
|  | %result3  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 2</i> | 
|  | %memval1  = load i32* %ptr      <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = -3</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_atomic_load_and">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.and.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br> | 
|  | <a name="int_atomic_load_nand">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br> | 
|  | <a name="int_atomic_load_or">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.or.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br> | 
|  | <a name="int_atomic_load_xor">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | These are overloaded intrinsics. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_and</tt>, | 
|  | <tt>llvm.atomic.load_nand</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_or</tt>, and | 
|  | <tt>llvm.atomic.load_xor</tt> on any integer bit width and for different | 
|  | address spaces. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i8.p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i16.p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i64.p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> ) | 
|  |  | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i8.p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i16.p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i64.p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> ) | 
|  |  | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i8.p0i32( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i16.p0i32( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i64.p0i32( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> ) | 
|  |  | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i8.p0i32( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i16.p0i32( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i64.p0i32( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> ) | 
|  |  | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | These intrinsics bitwise the operation (and, nand, or, xor) <tt>delta</tt> to | 
|  | the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value | 
|  | at <tt>ptr</tt>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value | 
|  | and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These | 
|  | integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit | 
|  | width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the | 
|  | value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the bitwise operation | 
|  | <tt>delta</tt>, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They yield the original | 
|  | value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %ptr      = malloc i32 | 
|  | store i32 0x0F0F, %ptr | 
|  | %result0  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 0x0F0F</i> | 
|  | %result1  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 0xFFFFFFF0</i> | 
|  | %result2  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 0xF0</i> | 
|  | %result3  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = FF</i> | 
|  | %memval1  = load i32* %ptr      <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = F0</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_atomic_load_max">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.max.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br> | 
|  | <a name="int_atomic_load_min">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.min.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br> | 
|  | <a name="int_atomic_load_umax">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br> | 
|  | <a name="int_atomic_load_umin">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | These are overloaded intrinsics. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_max</tt>, | 
|  | <tt>llvm.atomic.load_min</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umax</tt>, and | 
|  | <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umin</tt> on any integer bit width and for different | 
|  | address spaces. Not all targets | 
|  | support all bit widths however.</p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i8.p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i16.p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i64.p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> ) | 
|  |  | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i8.p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i16.p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32..p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i64..p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> ) | 
|  |  | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i8.p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i16.p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i64.p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> ) | 
|  |  | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i8..p0i8( i8* <ptr>, i8 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i16.p0i16( i16* <ptr>, i16 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32..p0i32( i32* <ptr>, i32 <delta> ) | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i64..p0i64( i64* <ptr>, i64 <delta> ) | 
|  |  | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | These intrinsics takes the signed or unsigned minimum or maximum of | 
|  | <tt>delta</tt> and the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the | 
|  | original value at <tt>ptr</tt>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value | 
|  | and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These | 
|  | integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit | 
|  | width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the | 
|  | value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the signed or unsigned min or max | 
|  | <tt>delta</tt> and the value, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They yield | 
|  | the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Examples:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | %ptr      = malloc i32 | 
|  | store i32 7, %ptr | 
|  | %result0  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 -2 ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 7</i> | 
|  | %result1  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 8 ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = -2</i> | 
|  | %result2  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 10 ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i> | 
|  | %result3  = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 30 ) | 
|  | <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 8</i> | 
|  | %memval1  = load i32* %ptr      <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 30</i> | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- ======================================================================= --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_general">General Intrinsics</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <p> This class of intrinsics is designed to be generic and has | 
|  | no specific purpose. </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_var_annotation">'<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare void @llvm.var.annotation(i8* <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32  <int> ) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' intrinsic | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The first argument is a pointer to a value, the second is a pointer to a | 
|  | global string, the third is a pointer to a global string which is the source | 
|  | file name, and the last argument is the line number. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This intrinsic allows annotation of local variables with arbitrary strings. | 
|  | This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that want to look for these | 
|  | annotations.  These have no other defined use, they are ignored by code | 
|  | generation and optimization. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_annotation">'<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' on | 
|  | any integer bit width. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare i8 @llvm.annotation.i8(i8 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32  <int> ) | 
|  | declare i16 @llvm.annotation.i16(i16 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32  <int> ) | 
|  | declare i32 @llvm.annotation.i32(i32 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32  <int> ) | 
|  | declare i64 @llvm.annotation.i64(i64 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32  <int> ) | 
|  | declare i256 @llvm.annotation.i256(i256 <val>, i8* <str>, i8* <str>, i32  <int> ) | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' intrinsic. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The first argument is an integer value (result of some expression), | 
|  | the second is a pointer to a global string, the third is a pointer to a global | 
|  | string which is the source file name, and the last argument is the line number. | 
|  | It returns the value of the first argument. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This intrinsic allows annotations to be put on arbitrary expressions | 
|  | with arbitrary strings.  This can be useful for special purpose optimizations | 
|  | that want to look for these annotations.  These have no other defined use, they | 
|  | are ignored by code generation and optimization. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_trap">'<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare void @llvm.trap() | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' intrinsic | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | None | 
|  | </p> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This intrinsics is lowered to the target dependent trap instruction. If the | 
|  | target does not have a trap instruction, this intrinsic will be lowered to the | 
|  | call of the abort() function. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- _______________________________________________________________________ --> | 
|  | <div class="doc_subsubsection"> | 
|  | <a name="int_stackprotector">'<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  | <div class="doc_text"> | 
|  | <h5>Syntax:</h5> | 
|  | <pre> | 
|  | declare void @llvm.stackprotector( i8* <guard>, i8** <slot> ) | 
|  |  | 
|  | </pre> | 
|  | <h5>Overview:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic takes the <tt>guard</tt> and stores | 
|  | it onto the stack at <tt>slot</tt>. The stack slot is adjusted to ensure that | 
|  | it is placed on the stack before local variables. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Arguments:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic requires two pointer arguments. The | 
|  | first argument is the value loaded from the stack guard | 
|  | <tt>@__stack_chk_guard</tt>. The second variable is an <tt>alloca</tt> that | 
|  | has enough space to hold the value of the guard. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | <h5>Semantics:</h5> | 
|  | <p> | 
|  | This intrinsic causes the prologue/epilogue inserter to force the position of | 
|  | the <tt>AllocaInst</tt> stack slot to be before local variables on the | 
|  | stack. This is to ensure that if a local variable on the stack is overwritten, | 
|  | it will destroy the value of the guard. When the function exits, the guard on | 
|  | the stack is checked against the original guard. If they're different, then | 
|  | the program aborts by calling the <tt>__stack_chk_fail()</tt> function. | 
|  | </p> | 
|  | </div> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <!-- *********************************************************************** --> | 
|  | <hr> | 
|  | <address> | 
|  | <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img | 
|  | src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss-blue" alt="Valid CSS"></a> | 
|  | <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img | 
|  | src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401-blue" alt="Valid HTML 4.01"></a> | 
|  |  | 
|  | <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br> | 
|  | <a href="http://llvm.org">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br> | 
|  | Last modified: $Date$ | 
|  | </address> | 
|  |  | 
|  | </body> | 
|  | </html> |